WO2020063767A1 - Configuration method for uplink dynamic grant-free transmission, and communication device - Google Patents

Configuration method for uplink dynamic grant-free transmission, and communication device Download PDF

Info

Publication number
WO2020063767A1
WO2020063767A1 PCT/CN2019/108206 CN2019108206W WO2020063767A1 WO 2020063767 A1 WO2020063767 A1 WO 2020063767A1 CN 2019108206 W CN2019108206 W CN 2019108206W WO 2020063767 A1 WO2020063767 A1 WO 2020063767A1
Authority
WO
WIPO (PCT)
Prior art keywords
domain
dci
indication
configuration
configured grant
Prior art date
Application number
PCT/CN2019/108206
Other languages
French (fr)
Chinese (zh)
Inventor
徐修强
陈雁
王轶
吕永霞
Original Assignee
华为技术有限公司
Priority date (The priority date is an assumption and is not a legal conclusion. Google has not performed a legal analysis and makes no representation as to the accuracy of the date listed.)
Filing date
Publication date
Application filed by 华为技术有限公司 filed Critical 华为技术有限公司
Publication of WO2020063767A1 publication Critical patent/WO2020063767A1/en

Links

Images

Classifications

    • HELECTRICITY
    • H04ELECTRIC COMMUNICATION TECHNIQUE
    • H04LTRANSMISSION OF DIGITAL INFORMATION, e.g. TELEGRAPHIC COMMUNICATION
    • H04L5/00Arrangements affording multiple use of the transmission path
    • H04L5/003Arrangements for allocating sub-channels of the transmission path
    • H04L5/0053Allocation of signaling, i.e. of overhead other than pilot signals
    • HELECTRICITY
    • H04ELECTRIC COMMUNICATION TECHNIQUE
    • H04LTRANSMISSION OF DIGITAL INFORMATION, e.g. TELEGRAPHIC COMMUNICATION
    • H04L1/00Arrangements for detecting or preventing errors in the information received
    • H04L1/12Arrangements for detecting or preventing errors in the information received by using return channel
    • H04L1/16Arrangements for detecting or preventing errors in the information received by using return channel in which the return channel carries supervisory signals, e.g. repetition request signals
    • H04L1/18Automatic repetition systems, e.g. Van Duuren systems
    • HELECTRICITY
    • H04ELECTRIC COMMUNICATION TECHNIQUE
    • H04LTRANSMISSION OF DIGITAL INFORMATION, e.g. TELEGRAPHIC COMMUNICATION
    • H04L5/00Arrangements affording multiple use of the transmission path
    • HELECTRICITY
    • H04ELECTRIC COMMUNICATION TECHNIQUE
    • H04WWIRELESS COMMUNICATION NETWORKS
    • H04W72/00Local resource management
    • H04W72/12Wireless traffic scheduling
    • HELECTRICITY
    • H04ELECTRIC COMMUNICATION TECHNIQUE
    • H04WWIRELESS COMMUNICATION NETWORKS
    • H04W72/00Local resource management
    • H04W72/20Control channels or signalling for resource management
    • H04W72/23Control channels or signalling for resource management in the downlink direction of a wireless link, i.e. towards a terminal

Definitions

  • the present application relates to the field of wireless communications, and more particularly, to a configuration method and a communication device for uplink dynamic exemption authorization transmission.
  • Uplink dynamic authorization-free transmission is widely used in, for example, ultra-reliable and low-latency communication (URLLC) and enhanced mobile broadband (enhanced) due to its advantages such as small signaling overhead, low transmission delay, and low terminal power consumption.
  • URLLC ultra-reliable and low-latency communication
  • enhanced mobile broadband enhanced mobile broadband
  • eMBB mobile broadband
  • mMTC mass machine type communication
  • the uplink dynamic authorization-free transmission may, for example, transmit uplink data through a configured physical uplink shared channel (physical uplink shared channel (PUSCH)).
  • PUSCH physical uplink shared channel
  • the network device may configure some parameters of the PUSCH for the terminal device through a configured authorization configuration. Thereafter, the network device may activate or deactivate the configured grant grant configuration or perform retransmission scheduling, for example, through downlink control information (DCI).
  • DCI downlink control information
  • the network device can configure multiple configured grant configurations for the terminal device, and it can indicate activation through the hybrid automatic repeat request (HARQ) process number (HPN) field in the DCI. Which one is configured? Granted. Thereafter, the terminal device can send a PUSCH based on the configured grant configuration and the information in the DCI.
  • HARQ hybrid automatic repeat request
  • HPN process number
  • the terminal device cannot obtain the information in the HPN domain, and it cannot determine which configured grant grant configuration is activated. Therefore, it may affect the normal transmission of PUSCH.
  • This application provides a configuration method and communication device for uplink dynamic authorization-free transmission, so as to ensure the normal transmission of dynamic authorization-free PUSCH.
  • a method for configuring uplink dynamic license-free transmission may be executed by a terminal device, or may be executed by a chip configured in the terminal device.
  • the method includes: receiving DCI, the DCI being used to activate or deactivate a configured grant grant configuration among a plurality of preconfigured configured grant grant configurations, the DCI including a first indication domain and at least one first type domain, the first The number of bits of a type of domain is determined by the activated or deactivated configured configuration.
  • the first indication field indicates an index of the configured configuration.
  • the first indication field is located before the at least one first type field.
  • the field is activated or deactivated.
  • a method for configuring uplink dynamic license-free transmission may be performed by a network device, or may be performed by a chip configured in the network device.
  • the method includes generating a DCI, which is used to activate or deactivate a configured grant grant configuration among a plurality of preconfigured configured grant grant configurations.
  • the DCI includes a first indication domain and at least one first class domain. The number of bits of a type of domain is determined by the activated or deactivated configured configuration.
  • the first indication field indicates an index of the configured configuration. The first indication field is located before the at least one first type field. The DCI is sent.
  • the position of the first indication domain in the DCI may not be affected by the length of the first-type domain. That is, the position of the first indication field in the DCI may be fixed. Therefore, the terminal device can resolve the first indication domain based on the fixed position, so that the activated or deactivated configured grant configuration can be accurately determined.
  • the configured grant grant configuration is activated, the PUSCH is transmitted based on the parameters therein and the DCI; when the configured grant grant configuration is deactivated, the configured grant configuration is released. Therefore, the dynamic grant-free transmission of PUSCH is not affected, which is beneficial to the use of uplink dynamic grant-free transmission in various scenarios.
  • the DCI further includes a new data indicator (NDI) domain, and the NDI domain is used to determine whether the DCI is used to activate or deactivate a configured grant configuration, and the NDI domain is located before the at least one first-type domain.
  • NDI new data indicator
  • the NDI domain and the first indication domain can be placed together before all the first-type domains.
  • This application does not limit the relative position relationship between the NDI domain and the first indication domain.
  • the NDI domain may be located before or after the first indication domain.
  • the NDI domain and the first indication domain may be adjacent to each other. It may not be adjacent.
  • the protocol may predefine the positions of the NDI domain and the first indication domain in the DCI, so that the terminal device can resolve the NDI domain and the first indication domain based on the fixed location.
  • a method for configuring uplink dynamic license-free transmission may be executed by a terminal device, or may be executed by a chip configured in the terminal device.
  • the method includes: receiving DCI, the DCI being used to activate or deactivate a configured grant grant configuration among a plurality of preconfigured configured grant grant configurations, the DCI including a first indication domain and at least one first type domain, the first The number of bits of a type of domain is determined by the activated or deactivated configured grant configuration.
  • the first indication field indicates an index of the configured grant configuration, and the first indication field is located at the last position of the DCI. The activation or deactivation corresponds to the index. Configured grant configuration.
  • a method for configuring uplink dynamic license-free transmission may be performed by a network device, or may be performed by a chip configured in the network device.
  • the method includes generating a DCI, which is used to activate or deactivate a configured grant grant configuration among a plurality of preconfigured configured grant grant configurations.
  • the DCI includes a first indication domain and at least one first class domain. The number of bits of a type of domain is determined by the activated or deactivated configured configuration.
  • the first indication field indicates an index of the configured configuration. The first indication field is located at the last position of the DCI. The DCI is transmitted.
  • the first indication field is located at the last position of the DCI, and may include: the first indication field occupies some or all of the bits in the last segment of the DCI.
  • the last segment of bits may be, for example, a plurality of predefined bits.
  • the first indication field may be the last field of the DCI, or it may not be the last field of the DCI, but it is still located in the last bit. In the case that the DCI includes zero-padding bits, the first indication field may be located after all the zero-padding bits.
  • the network device may design multiple DCIs sent to the same terminal device to the same length. At this time, if the first indication field is placed at the last position of the DCI, the position of the first indication field in the DCI can be considered to be fixed.
  • the position of the first indication domain in the DCI may not be affected by the length of the first type domain. That is, the position of the first indication field in the DCI may be fixed. Therefore, the terminal device can resolve the first indication domain based on the fixed position, so that the activated or deactivated configured grant configuration can be accurately determined.
  • the configured grant grant configuration is activated, the PUSCH is transmitted based on the parameters therein and the DCI; when the configured grant grant configuration is deactivated, the configured grant configuration is released. Therefore, the dynamic grant-free transmission of PUSCH is not affected, which is beneficial to the use of uplink dynamic grant-free transmission in various scenarios.
  • the DCI further includes a new data indicator (NDI) domain, and the NDI domain is used to determine whether DCI is used to activate or deactivate a configured grant grant configuration , And the first indication domain and the NDI domain are both located at the last position of the DCI.
  • NDI new data indicator
  • the NDI domain and the first indication domain can be placed at the last position of the DCI together.
  • the first indication field and the NDI field are both located at the last position of the DCI, and may include: in a case where the DCI does not include a zero padding bit, the first indication field and the NDI field are the last two fields of the DCI, or When the DCI includes a zero-padding bit, both the first indication field and the NDI field are located after the zero-padding bit.
  • the network device may design multiple DCIs sent to the same terminal device to the same length. The position of the NDI domain in the DCI is fixed.
  • the relative position relationship between the NDI domain and the first indication domain is not limited in this application, and the NDI domain may be located before the first indication domain or after the first indication domain.
  • the protocol may predefine the positions of the NDI domain and the first indication domain in the DCI, so that the terminal device can resolve the NDI domain and the first indication domain based on the fixed location.
  • the method further includes: sending a PUSCH based on the DCI and the activated configured grant grant configuration.
  • the method further includes: receiving a PUSCH based on the DCI and the activated configured grant grant .
  • the terminal device and the network device can transmit the PUSCH based on the same transmission resources and transmission parameters.
  • the method further includes: deactivating (or, in other words, releasing) the configured grant grant configuration.
  • the terminal device deactivates the configured grant configuration, which means that the terminal device no longer sends a PUSCH based on the configured grant configuration, and the network device no longer receives the PUSCH based on the deactivated configured grant configuration.
  • a data transmission method may be executed by a terminal device, or may be executed by a chip configured in the terminal device.
  • the method includes: receiving DCI, the DCI is used for retransmission scheduling, the DCI includes a first indication field and at least one first type field, and the number of bits of the first type field is configured by the regranting configured grant grant configuration It is determined that the first indication domain is used to determine the configured grant configuration, the first indication domain is located before the at least one first type domain; the configured grant configuration determined according to the first indication domain and the DCI retransmission transmission block.
  • a data transmission method may be executed by a terminal device, or may be executed by a chip configured in the terminal device.
  • the method includes: sending DCI, the DCI is used for retransmission scheduling, the DCI includes a first indication field and at least one first type field, and the number of bits of the first type field is configured by the configured grant for retransmission It is determined that the first indication domain is used to determine the configured grant configuration, and the first indication domain is located before the at least one first-type domain; the configured grant configuration determined according to the first indication domain and the DCI receive retransmission transmission Piece.
  • the position of the first indication domain in the DCI may not be affected by the length of the first-type domain. That is, the position of the first indication field in the DCI may be fixed. Therefore, the terminal device can parse the first indication domain based on the fixed location. As a result, the terminal device can accurately determine the configured grant configuration used for retransmission. Therefore, the terminal device can retransmit the transmission block according to some parameters in the DCI and the configured grant configuration, so as to realize the retransmission of data and help improve the overall reliability of data transmission.
  • the DCI further includes a new data indication NDI domain, the NDI domain indicates that the DCI is used for retransmission scheduling, and the NDI domain is located in the at least one first Before the class domain.
  • the NDI domain and the first indication domain may be placed together before all the first-type domains.
  • This application does not limit the relative position relationship between the NDI domain and the first indication domain.
  • the NDI domain may be located before or after the first indication domain.
  • the NDI domain and the first indication domain may be adjacent to each other. It may not be adjacent.
  • the protocol may predefine the positions of the NDI domain and the first indication domain in the DCI, so that the terminal device can resolve the NDI domain and the first indication domain based on the fixed location.
  • a data transmission method is provided.
  • the method may be executed by a terminal device, or may be executed by a chip configured in the terminal device.
  • the method includes: receiving DCI, the DCI is used for retransmission scheduling, the DCI includes a first indication field and at least one first type field, and the number of bits of the first type field is configured by the regranting configured grant grant configuration It is determined that the first indication field is used to determine the configured grant configuration, and the first indication field is located at the last position of the DCI; the configured grant configuration determined according to the first indication field and the DCI retransmission transmission block.
  • a data transmission method may be executed by a network device, or may be executed by a chip configured in the network device.
  • the method includes: sending DCI, the DCI is used for retransmission scheduling, the DCI includes a first indication field and at least one first type field, and the number of bits of the first type field is configured by the configured grant for retransmission It is determined that the first indication domain is used to determine the configured grant configuration, and the first indication domain is located at the last position of the DCI; the configured grant configuration determined according to the first indication domain and the DCI receive a retransmitted transmission block.
  • the position of the first indication domain in the DCI may not be affected by the length of the first type domain. That is, the position of the first indication field in the DCI may be fixed. Therefore, the terminal device can parse the first indication domain based on the fixed location. As a result, the terminal device can accurately determine the configured grant configuration used for retransmission. Therefore, the terminal device can retransmit the transmission block according to some parameters in the DCI and the configured grant configuration, so as to realize the retransmission of data and help improve the overall reliability of data transmission.
  • the DCI further includes a new data indication NDI domain, the NDI domain indicates that the DCI is used for retransmission scheduling, and both the first indication domain and the NDI domain are Located at the end of the DCI.
  • the first indication field is located at the last position of the DCI, and may include: the first indication field occupies some or all of the bits in the last segment of the DCI.
  • the last segment of bits may be, for example, a plurality of predefined bits.
  • the first indication field may be the last field of the DCI, or it may not be the last field of the DCI, but it is still located in the last bit; in the DCI In the case where the zero-padded bits are included, the first indication field may be located after all the zero-padded bits.
  • the network device may design multiple DCIs sent to the same terminal device to the same length. At this time, if the first indication field is placed at the last position of the DCI, the position of the first indication field in the DCI can be considered to be fixed.
  • the first indication domain is an HPN domain.
  • the first indication domain may be an HPN domain, or a newly defined domain in DCI, or other domains in DCI, which is not limited in this application.
  • the DCI is scrambled by a configured scheduling (CS) -radio network temporary identity (RNTI).
  • CS configured scheduling
  • RNTI radio network temporary identity
  • the terminal device may determine whether the DCI is used to activate or deactivate the configured grant grant configuration or used for retransmission scheduling according to the type of the RNTI that scrambles the DCI. Thereafter, the terminal device may further determine whether the DCI is specifically used to activate the configured grant grant configuration, or to deactivate the configured grant grant configuration, or is used for retransmission scheduling according to the NDI domain in the DCI.
  • the first type of domain includes a frequency domain resource assignment domain and a frequency hopping identification domain.
  • the frequency domain resource assignment domain and the frequency hopping identification domain may be two first-class domains in the DCI format 0_1, but this application should not constitute any limitation. This application does not exclude the possibility of newly defining DCI in other formats to be used for activating or deactivating configured grant configuration or retransmission scheduling in future protocols. At this time, the newly defined DCI format may also include other first-type domains.
  • a communication device including each module or unit for performing the method in any one of the possible implementation manners of the first aspect, the third aspect, the fifth aspect, or the seventh aspect.
  • a communication device including a processor.
  • the processor is coupled to the memory and can be used to execute instructions in the memory to implement the method in any one of the possible implementation manners of the first aspect, the third aspect, the fifth aspect, or the seventh aspect.
  • the communication device further includes a memory.
  • the communication device further includes a communication interface, and the processor is coupled to the communication interface.
  • the communication device is a terminal device.
  • the communication interface may be a transceiver, or an input / output interface.
  • the communication device is a chip configured in a terminal device.
  • the communication interface may be an input / output interface.
  • the transceiver may be a transceiver circuit.
  • the input / output interface may be an input / output circuit.
  • a communication device including each module or unit for performing a method in any one of the possible implementation manners of the second aspect, the fourth aspect, the sixth aspect, or the eighth aspect.
  • a communication device including a processor.
  • the processor is coupled to the memory and can be used to execute instructions in the memory to implement the method in any one of the possible implementation manners of the second aspect, the fourth aspect, the sixth aspect, or the eighth aspect described above.
  • the communication device further includes a memory.
  • the communication device further includes a communication interface, and the processor is coupled to the communication interface.
  • the communication device is a network device.
  • the communication interface may be a transceiver, or an input / output interface.
  • the communication device is a chip configured in a network device.
  • the communication interface may be an input / output interface.
  • the transceiver may be a transceiver circuit.
  • the input / output interface may be an input / output circuit.
  • a processor including: an input circuit, an output circuit, and a processing circuit.
  • the processing circuit is configured to receive a signal through the input circuit and transmit a signal through the output circuit, so that the processor executes any one of the first aspect to the eighth aspect and any possible implementation manner of the first aspect to the eighth aspect.
  • the processor may be a chip
  • the input circuit may be an input pin
  • the output circuit may be an output pin
  • the processing circuit may be a transistor, a gate circuit, a flip-flop, and various logic circuits.
  • An input signal received by the input circuit may be received and input by, for example, but not limited to, a receiver
  • a signal output by the output circuit may be, for example, but not limited to, output to and transmitted by a transmitter
  • the circuits may be the same circuit, which are used as input circuits and output circuits respectively at different times.
  • the embodiments of the present application do not limit specific implementations of the processor and various circuits.
  • a processing device including a processor and a memory.
  • the processor is used to read instructions stored in the memory, and can receive signals through a receiver and transmit signals through a transmitter to execute the first aspect to the eighth aspect and any possible implementation manner of the first aspect to the eighth aspect. Methods.
  • processors there are one or more processors, and one or more memories.
  • the memory may be integrated with the processor, or the memory is separately provided from the processor.
  • the memory may be a non-transitory memory, such as a read-only memory (ROM), which may be integrated on the same chip as the processor, or may be separately set in different On the chip, the embodiment of the present application does not limit the type of the memory and the way of setting the memory and the processor.
  • ROM read-only memory
  • sending instruction information may be a process of outputting instruction information from a processor
  • receiving capability information may be a process of receiving input capability information by a processor.
  • the processed output data can be output to the transmitter, and the input data received by the processor can come from the receiver.
  • the transmitter and the receiver may be collectively referred to as a transceiver.
  • the processing device in the fourteenth aspect may be a chip, and the processor may be implemented by hardware or software.
  • the processor When implemented by hardware, the processor may be a logic circuit, an integrated circuit, or the like.
  • the processor When implemented, the processor may be a general-purpose processor, which is implemented by reading software codes stored in a memory.
  • the memory may be integrated in the processor, may be located outside the processor, and exist independently.
  • a computer program product includes a computer program (also referred to as code or instructions), and when the computer program is executed, causes a computer to execute the first aspect to The eighth aspect and the method in any one of the possible implementation manners of the first to eighth aspects.
  • a computer-readable medium stores a computer program (also referred to as code, or instructions) that when executed on a computer, causes the computer to execute the first aspect to The eighth aspect and the method in any one of the possible implementation manners of the first to eighth aspects.
  • a computer program also referred to as code, or instructions
  • a communication system including the foregoing network device and terminal device.
  • FIG. 1 is a schematic diagram of a communication system applicable to a method provided by an embodiment of the present application
  • FIG. 2 is a schematic flowchart of a method for configuring uplink dynamic exemption authorization transmission according to an embodiment of the present application
  • FIG. 3 shows an example of the arrangement order of each domain in DCI
  • FIG. 4 shows an example before moving the first indication domain to all domains of the first type
  • FIG. 5 shows an example before moving both the first indication domain and the NDI domain to all the first-type domains
  • FIG. 6 shows an example after moving the first indication field to all zero-padded bits
  • FIG. 7 shows an example of moving the first indication field to the last position of the DCI
  • FIG. 8 shows an example after moving both the HPN field and the NDI field to all zero-padded bits
  • FIG. 9 shows an example of moving both the HPN domain and the NDI domain to the last position of the DCI
  • FIG. 10 is a schematic diagram of an arrangement order of domains in DCI format 0_1 defined in NR;
  • FIG. 11 to FIG. 14 are schematic diagrams showing the arrangement order of each domain in the DCI format 0_1 obtained after moving the HPN domain and the NDI domain;
  • 15 is a schematic flowchart of a data transmission method according to another embodiment of the present application.
  • 16 is a schematic block diagram of a communication device according to an embodiment of the present application.
  • FIG. 17 is a schematic structural diagram of a terminal device according to an embodiment of the present application.
  • FIG. 18 is a schematic structural diagram of a network device according to an embodiment of the present application.
  • GSM global mobile communication
  • CDMA code division multiple access
  • WCDMA broadband code division multiple access
  • GPRS general packet radio service
  • LTE long term evolution
  • FDD frequency division duplex
  • TDD Time Division Duplex
  • UMTS Universal Mobile Telecommunications System
  • WiMAX Global Interoperability for Microwave Access
  • FIG. 1 shows a schematic diagram of a communication system 100 applicable to the method provided by an embodiment of the present application.
  • the communication system 100 may include at least one network device, such as a base station (gNB) in a 5G system shown in FIG. 1; the communication system 100 may further include at least one terminal device, as shown in FIG. 1 User equipment (UE) 1 to UE 6.
  • the network equipment and each terminal equipment can communicate through a wireless link.
  • the network device may send configuration information to the terminal device, and the terminal device may send uplink data to the network device based on the configuration information; for another example, the network device may send downlink data to the terminal device. Therefore, the gNB and UE1 to UE6 in FIG. 1 may constitute a communication system.
  • Terminal devices in the communication system 100 may also constitute a communication system.
  • UE4 may control UE5 and UE6 to execute corresponding instructions. This application does not limit this.
  • the network device in the communication system may be any device having a wireless transceiver function.
  • the network equipment includes but is not limited to: evolved Node B (eNB), radio network controller (RNC), node B (NB), base station controller (BSC) ), Base transceiver station (BTS), home base station (e.g., home NodeB, or home NodeB, HNB), baseband unit (BBU), wireless fidelity (WiFi) system Access point (AP), wireless relay node, wireless backhaul node, transmission point (TP) or transmission and reception point (TRP), etc.
  • eNB evolved Node B
  • RNC radio network controller
  • NB node B
  • BSC base station controller
  • BBU Base transceiver station
  • home base station e.g., home NodeB, or home NodeB, HNB
  • BBU baseband unit
  • WiFi wireless fidelity
  • AP wireless relay node
  • TP transmission point
  • TRP transmission and reception point
  • 5G such as, NR
  • the gNB may include a centralized unit (CU) and a DU.
  • the gNB may also include a radio frequency unit (radio unit, RU).
  • CU implements some functions of gNB
  • DU implements some functions of gNB, for example, CU implements radio resource control (RRC), packet data convergence layer protocol (PDCP) layer functions, and DU implements wireless chain Functions of radio control (RLC), media access control (MAC) and physical (PHY) layers.
  • RRC radio resource control
  • PDCP packet data convergence layer protocol
  • RLC wireless chain Functions of radio control
  • MAC media access control
  • PHY physical
  • the network device may be a CU node, or a DU node, or a device including a CU node and a DU node.
  • the CU can be divided into network equipment in an access network (RAN), or the CU can be divided into network equipment in a core network (CN), which is not limited in this application.
  • RAN access network
  • CN core network
  • the terminal equipment in the wireless communication system may also be referred to as user equipment (UE), access terminal, user unit, user station, mobile station, mobile station, remote station, remote terminal, mobile device, User terminal, terminal, wireless communication device, user agent or user device.
  • the terminal device in the embodiments of the present application may be a mobile phone, a tablet, a computer with a wireless transmitting and receiving function, a virtual reality (VR) terminal device, or an augmented reality (AR) terminal.
  • Equipment wireless terminals in industrial control, wireless terminals in self driving, wireless terminals in remote medical, wireless terminals in smart grid, transportation security ( wireless terminals in transportation, wireless terminals in smart cities, wireless terminals in smart homes, and so on.
  • the embodiment of the present application does not limit the application scenario.
  • FIG. 1 is only a simplified schematic diagram for ease of understanding.
  • the communication system 100 may further include other network devices or other terminal devices, which are not shown in FIG. 1.
  • DCI format 0_1 can be used to activate or deactivate the authorized configuration of the second type of configuration (configured grant configuration), so that the terminal device can perform PUSCH transmission without dynamic authorization, and can also be used for retransmission scheduling.
  • the DCI format 0_1 may include a DCI format indicator (DCI format) domain, a carrier indicator (carrier) indicator, a bandwidth part indicator (BWP) indicator, and a frequency domain resource assignment domain (frequency resource domain).
  • Time domain resource assignment domain time domain resource assignment
  • frequency hopping flag frequency hopping flag
  • modulation and coding scheme modulation and coding scheme (MCS)
  • NDI new data indicator domain
  • redundancy version version of the hybrid automatic repeat request (HARQ) process number
  • HARQ process number HARQ process number, HPN
  • DCI format 0_1 merely exemplary, DCI format 0_1 the specific format and content reference NR protocol (e.g., Third Generation Partnership Project (3 rd generation partnership project, 3GPP ) TS 38.212).
  • 3GPP Third Generation Partnership Project
  • this application does not exclude the possibility of making changes to DCI format 0_1 in future agreements.
  • New data indication (NDI) domain In general, the NDI domain can be used to indicate that the resources scheduled by the DCI this time are used for initial transmission or retransmission.
  • the DCI can be used to activate or deactivate the authorization configuration of the second type configuration, so that the terminal device can perform PUSCH transmission without dynamic authorization, and can also be used for retransmission scheduling.
  • the NDI domain can be used to determine whether the DCI is used for activating or deactivating the second type of configured grant configuration or for retransmission scheduling.
  • the NDI field may include 1 indication bit.
  • the indication bit is "1”
  • the DCI can be considered for retransmission scheduling; when the indication bit is "0", it can be further combined with other fields in the DCI to determine whether the DCI is used to activate or deactivate the second Class configured grant configuration.
  • the DCI when the most significant bit (MSB) in the HPN domain is 0 and the RV domain is all 0s, or when the HPN domain is all 0s and the RV domains are all 0s, the DCI is used to activate the second Authorization configuration of class configuration; when the MSB of the HPN domain is 0, the RV domain is all 0, the MCS domain is all 1, and the frequency domain resource assignment domain is all 1, or when the HPN domain is all 0 and the RV domain is all When the MCS domain is all 0 and the frequency domain resource assignment domain is all 1, the DCI is used to deactivate the authorization configuration of the second type configuration.
  • MSB most significant bit
  • the protocol can pre-define how to determine whether the DCI is used to activate or deactivate the second-type configured grant configuration or retransmission scheduling according to each domain in the DCI.
  • HARQ process number (HPN) field Generally, the HPN field can be used to indicate the HARQ process number of the retransmitted transport block.
  • the DCI may be used to activate or deactivate a configured grant configuration, and may also be used for retransmission scheduling.
  • the indication bit in the NDI field is "1" it may indicate that the DCI is used for retransmission scheduling, and the HPN field is used to indicate the HARQ process number of the retransmitted transport block.
  • the terminal device may further determine whether the DCI domain is used to activate or deactivate the configured grant configuration in conjunction with other domains in the DCI.
  • the other 3 bits in the HPN domain can also be used to determine the index of the configured grant grant configuration that is activated or deactivated by the DCI (index).
  • Dynamic authorization-free transmission The uplink transmission of the terminal equipment does not need to be completed through the scheduling of the network equipment. Specifically, when the uplink data arrives, the terminal device does not need to send a scheduling request (SR) to the network device and waits for a dynamic grant of the network device. Instead, it can directly use the transmission resources and The specified transmission parameters send uplink data to the network device.
  • SR scheduling request
  • uplink dynamic grant-free transmission can be divided into two categories. That is, PUSCH transmission based on the first type of configuration authorization (Type1PUSCH transmission with a configured or grant, or Type1configured grant configuration, or Type1configured grant, PUSCH transmission) and PUSCH transmission based on the second type configuration authorization (Type2PUSCH transmission withwith a configured) grant, or Type 2configured grant configuration, or Type 2configured grant PUSCH transmission).
  • first type of configuration authorization Type1PUSCH transmission with a configured or grant, or Type1configured grant configuration, or Type1configured grant, PUSCH transmission
  • PUSCH transmission based on the second type configuration authorization Type2PUSCH transmission withwith a configured
  • the network device may configure configured grant grant configuration through high-level signaling, such as the configured authorized configuration control element (ConfiguredGrantConfiginformation element, ConfiguredGrantConfigIE) carried in a radio resource control (RRC) message.
  • the terminal device may determine whether the configured grant configuration configured by the ConfiguredGrantConfigIE is the first type configured or the second type configured according to the parameters configured in the ConfiguredGrantConfigIE.
  • the parameters configured in the configured grant configuration may include, for example, the period of time-frequency resources, open-loop power control related parameters, waveforms, redundant version sequences, repetition times, frequency hopping modes, Resource allocation type, number of HARQ processes, demodulation reference signal (DMRS) related parameters, modulation coding scheme (MCS) table, resource block group (RBG) size, time domain resources, All transmission resources and transmission parameters including frequency domain resources, MCS, etc.
  • DMRS demodulation reference signal
  • MCS modulation coding scheme
  • RBG resource block group
  • the terminal device may directly use the configured transmission parameters to transmit the PUSCH on the configured time-frequency resources. Therefore, this transmission scheme can also be called fully RRC-configured UL grant.
  • the parameters configured in the configured grant configuration may include, for example, the period of time-frequency resources, open-loop power control related parameters, waveforms, redundant version sequences, repetition times, frequency hopping modes, Transmission resources and transmission parameters including resource allocation type, number of HARQ processes, DMRS related parameters, MCS table, RBG group size, etc.
  • the parameters configured in configured grant configuration can be specifically referred to, for example, specific provisions in the NR protocol 3GPP TS 38.331.
  • the network device can activate a configured grant configuration via DCI for PUSCH transmission.
  • the DCI can carry an index of the configured configured grant.
  • the DCI may further configure other transmission resources and transmission parameters including time domain resources, frequency domain resources, DMRS port numbers, MCS, and the like. Therefore, after receiving the configured grant configuration described above, the terminal device cannot immediately perform PUSCH transmission. After receiving the DCI, it can determine the activated configured grant configuration and combine the transmission resources and transmission parameters indicated in the DCI. , Transmitting the PUSCH on the configured time-frequency resource based on the configured transmission parameters.
  • the terminal device activates a configured grant configuration, which means that the parameters in this configured grant configuration are valid.
  • the terminal device may combine the parameters in the configured grant configuration and the parameters in the DCI that activates the configured grant configuration to determine transmission resources and transmission parameters for transmitting the PUSCH, so that PUSCH transmission can be performed. Therefore, when DCI activates a configured grant configuration, it can be considered that the DCI is used to activate a dynamic authorization-free transmission based on the configured grant configuration.
  • network devices can also use DCI to deactivate the configured grant.
  • the DCI may carry a deactivated configured grant grant configuration index.
  • the terminal device can determine the deactivated configured grant configuration based on the index.
  • the terminal device deactivates a configured grant configuration, which means that the parameters in the configured grant configuration are invalidated.
  • the terminal device can deactivate (or release) the configured grant configuration. Therefore, when DCI deactivates a configured grant configuration, it can be considered that the DCI is used to deactivate the dynamic authorization-free transmission based on the configured grant configuration.
  • configured grant configuration For the convenience of description below, the second type of configured grant grant configuration mentioned above is referred to simply as “configured grant configuration” without special instructions.
  • the DCI used to activate the configured grant may be a DCI scrambled by a specific type of RNTI.
  • the terminal device receives the DCI, it can determine whether the DCI is a DCI configured to activate or deactivate a configured grant based on the type of the RNTI that scrambles the DCI, or whether it is used to activate dynamic authorization-free transmission.
  • the specific type of RNTI may be, for example, a CS-RNTI, or another RNTI that is exempt from dynamic authorization transmission, or a RNTI dedicated for transmission configured by a higher layer. This application does not limit this.
  • the network device may scramble the DCI through a certain RNTI, which specifically may mean that the network device scrambles a cyclic redundancy check (CRC) bit in the DCI through a certain RNTI. If the terminal device successfully descrambles the CRC based on an RNTI, the information in the DCI can be obtained; if the terminal device fails to descramble the CRC based on an RNTI, it indicates that the DCI is not scrambled based on the RNTI, or the DCI is not Sent to this terminal device.
  • CRC cyclic redundancy check
  • HARQ uses a stop-and-wait protocol to send data.
  • the above line transmission is taken as an example.
  • the terminal device After the terminal device sends a transport block (TB), it stops and waits for confirmation information.
  • the network device can use 1-bit information to confirm (acknowledgement, ACK) or negative (negative acknowledgement, NACK) the transport block.
  • the terminal device stops and waits for confirmation after each transmission, which will result in very low throughput. Therefore, the terminal device can use multiple parallel HARQ processes. When one HARQ process is waiting for confirmation information, the terminal device can continue to send data using another HARQ process.
  • the HARQ process number is also called a HARQ process identifier (ID).
  • ID HARQ process identifier
  • a HARQ process number can be used to uniquely specify a HARQ process.
  • the HARQ process number has a corresponding relationship with the time-frequency resource indicated in the DCI. That is, when a transmission block is transmitted based on the time-frequency resource indicated in the DCI, the HARQ process number corresponding to the transmission block is the HARQ process number carried in the DCI. Therefore, both the network device and the terminal device can determine the correspondence between the time-frequency resource and the HARQ process number.
  • the HARQ process number corresponding to the time-frequency resource may be notified to the terminal device through DCI.
  • the terminal device can determine the transmission block that needs to be retransmitted according to the correspondence between the HARQ process number and the transmission block.
  • the network device may perform retransmission scheduling for the terminal device. Specifically, the network device may configure parameters for retransmission for the terminal device through configured grant.
  • the parameters may include, for example, one of waveform, resource allocation type, frequency hopping mode, DMRS-related parameters, MCS table, and RBG size. Multiple. Because the network device can configure multiple configured grant configurations for the terminal device, the multiple configured grant configurations can have a corresponding relationship with the HARQ process number, so that the terminal device can determine the configured grant grant configuration for retransmission based on the HARQ process number indicated in the DCI To determine the parameters used for retransmission.
  • Transport block (TB) A transport block can be a data block from a higher layer.
  • a transmission block may include, for example, a data block of a media access control (MAC) protocol data unit (PDU). This data block may be transmitted on a time unit or may be retransmitted by HARQ. unit.
  • MAC media access control
  • HARQ. unit a maximum of two transport blocks can be sent in each time unit.
  • the time unit is a transmission time interval (TTI).
  • network devices can configure multiple second-class configured grants for terminal devices through high-level signaling, and can be activated or deactivated through DCI. one of.
  • the terminal device can determine the activated or deactivated configured grant configuration according to the HPN domain in the DCI.
  • the positions of HPN domains in different DCIs are not necessarily the same, or in other words, not fixed.
  • the terminal device cannot resolve the information in the HPN domain based on a fixed location, and it cannot determine the activated configured grant configuration.
  • this application provides a configuration method, so that the terminal device determines the activated configured grant configuration, and performs PUSCH transmission based on the resources and parameters configured in the configured grant configuration.
  • the network device generates the required information according to the DCI format (for example, the format described in any one of FIGS. 4-9 and 11-14) after moving the first indication domain position. DCI.
  • the terminal device also analyzes each domain in the DCI according to the corresponding DCI format.
  • This high-level parameter can be carried through high-level signaling.
  • the high-level signaling may be, for example, an RRC message or other high-level signaling, which is not limited in this application.
  • the "indication” may include a direct instruction and an indirect instruction, and may also include an explicit instruction and an implicit instruction.
  • the information indicated by certain information is referred to as to-be-instructed information.
  • the to-be-instructed instruction can be directly indicated Information, such as the information to be indicated or an index of the information to be indicated.
  • the information to be indicated may also be indicated indirectly by indicating other information, where there is an association relationship between the other information and the information to be indicated. It is also possible to indicate only a part of the information to be indicated, while other parts of the information to be indicated are known or agreed in advance.
  • an indication of specific information may also be implemented by means of an arrangement order of each piece of information agreed in advance (such as stipulated in a protocol), thereby reducing the indication overhead to a certain extent.
  • pre-acquisition may include indication or pre-definition by network device signaling, for example, protocol definition.
  • pre-defined can be achieved by pre-saving corresponding codes, forms, or other methods that can be used to indicate related information in devices (for example, terminal devices and network devices), and this application does not make specific implementations thereof. limited.
  • saving involved in the embodiments of the present application may refer to saving in one or more memories.
  • the one or more memories may be provided separately or integrated in an encoder or a decoder, a processor, or a communication device.
  • the one or more memories may also be partly provided separately and partly integrated in a decoder, a processor, or a communication device.
  • the type of the memory may be any form of storage medium, which is not limited in this application.
  • the "protocol” involved in the embodiment of the present application may refer to a standard protocol in the communication field, for example, may include an LTE protocol, an NR protocol, and a related protocol applied in a future communication system, which is not limited in this application.
  • At least one means one or more, and “multiple” means two or more.
  • “And / or” describes the association relationship of related objects, and indicates that there can be three kinds of relationships, for example, A and / or B can represent: the case where A exists alone, A and B exist simultaneously, and B alone exists, where A, B can be singular or plural.
  • the character “/” generally indicates that the related objects are an "or” relationship.
  • “At least one or more of the following” or similar expressions refers to any combination of these items, including any combination of single or plural items.
  • At least one (a), a, b, or c may represent: a, or b, or c, or a and b, or a and c, or b and c, or a, b, and c, where a, b, and c may be single or multiple.
  • the method provided in this application may be applicable to a wireless communication system, for example, the wireless communication system 100 shown in FIG. 1.
  • a wireless communication connection between two communication devices in the wireless communication system.
  • One of the two communication devices may correspond to any one of UE1 to UE6 shown in FIG. 1.
  • Any one of UE1 to UE6 in 1 may also be a chip configured in any one of UE1 to UE6; the other communication device of the two communication devices may correspond to that shown in FIG. 1
  • the gNB shown may be, for example, the gNB in FIG. 1 or a chip configured in the gNB.
  • any terminal device in the wireless communication system can communicate with one or more network devices having a wireless communication connection based on the same method. This application does not limit this.
  • FIG. 2 is a schematic flowchart of a configuration method 200 for uplink dynamic exemption authorization transmission provided by an embodiment of the present application from the perspective of device interaction. As shown, the method 200 may include steps 210 to 240. Each step in the method 200 is described in detail below.
  • Step 210 The network device sends configuration information, and the configuration information is used to configure multiple configured grant configurations. Accordingly, the terminal device receives the configuration information.
  • the network device may configure a plurality of configured grant configurations for the terminal device through high-level signaling (that is, an example of configuration information), for example.
  • the configured grant configuration may be the second type of configured grant configuration described above.
  • Each configured grant configuration can include the time-frequency resource period, open-loop power control related parameters, waveforms, redundant version sequences, repetition times, frequency hopping modes, resource allocation types, HARQ processes, DMRS related parameters, MCS tables, Transmission resources and transmission parameters including RBG group size.
  • the network device may configure multiple configured grant configurations through one high-level signaling, and may also configure multiple configured grant configurations through multiple high-level signaling, which is not limited in this application.
  • the network device can also configure the first-type configured grant configuration described above through high-level signaling, which is not limited in this application.
  • the network device may, for example, be based on the capability information reported by the terminal device, or, based on the service type of the terminal device, determine that the terminal device may need to use dynamic authorization-free transmission.
  • the network device can, for example, activate configured grant configuration through DCI so that the terminal device can perform PUSCH transmission without dynamic authorization.
  • the network device In step 220, the network device generates a DCI, the DCI including a first indication domain, the first indication domain indicating an index of a configured grant grant that is activated or deactivated.
  • the DCI can be used to activate or deactivate a configured grant configuration.
  • the activated or deactivated configured grant configuration may be one of a plurality of configured grant configurations configured in advance by the terminal device in step 210.
  • the DCI may be a DCI scrambled by a specific type of RNTI.
  • the terminal device receives the DCI, it can determine whether the DCI is used to activate or deactivate the configured grant grant configuration, or used for retransmission scheduling according to the type of the RNTI that scrambles the DCI.
  • the network device can implicitly indicate that the DCI is used for activating or deactivating the configured grant grant configuration or for retransmission scheduling by scramble the DCI through the CS-RNTI.
  • CS-RNTI is only an example of the above-mentioned specific type of RNTI, and should not be construed as limiting this application in any way.
  • This particular type of RNTI may also include other RNTIs dedicated to dynamic authorization-free transmission or high-level configuration transmission.
  • the protocol can predefine the functions of different types of RNTI scrambled DCIs.
  • one type of RNTI scrambled DCI can be defined to activate or deactivate the configured grant grant configuration, or another type of RNTI scrambled DCI can be defined For retransmission scheduling.
  • the network device may generate DCI based on the predefined RNTI type and the function of the DCI, and the terminal device may also analyze the DCI based on the predefined RNTI type and the function of the DCI.
  • the domains in the DCI may be divided into a first-type domain and a second-type domain.
  • the number of bits of the first type of domain may be related to high-level parameters. In other words, the number of bits in the first type of domain may change due to different high-level parameters. In other words, when DCI is used to activate or deactivate different configured grant configurations, the number of bits contained in the first type of domain may change. That is, the length of the first type domain may be different in different DCIs. Specifically, the number of bits of the first-type domain is related to the parameters configured in the activated or deactivated configured grant configuration.
  • the parameters may specifically include the period of time domain resources, open-loop power control related parameters, waveforms, redundant version sequences, repetition times, frequency hopping modes, resource allocation types, number of HARQ processes, parameters related to dereferencing reference signals, One or more of the MCS table and RBG size.
  • the frequency hopping identification domain and the frequency domain resource assignment domain in the DCI belong to the first type domain.
  • the number of bits in the frequency hopping identification field depends on a frequency hopping mode in a high-level parameter. If the frequency hopping mode parameter is configured in the upper layer, the frequency hopping identification field may be 1 bit; if the frequency hopping mode parameter is not configured in the high layer, the frequency hopping identification field may be 0 bit.
  • the number of bits in the frequency domain resource assignment domain may depend on parameters such as waveform, RGB size, frequency hopping mode, and resource allocation type.
  • the number of bits of the second type of domain may be independent of high-level parameters, or the number of bits of the second type of domain does not change due to different high-level parameters. That is, when DCI is used to activate or deactivate different configured grant configurations, the number of bits contained in the second type of domain will not change. That is, the length of the second-type domain in different DCIs may be fixed. Specifically, the number of bits of this second type of domain is independent of the parameters configured in the activated or deactivated configured grant configuration.
  • the format indication domain, carrier indication domain, UL / SUL indication domain, BWP indication domain, time domain resource assignment domain, MCS domain, RV domain, HPN domain, NDI domains and the like can all belong to the second type of domain.
  • the first type of domain may include the foregoing frequency hopping identification domain and frequency domain resource assignment domain.
  • the second type of domain may include a first indication domain, and the first indication domain may be used to indicate an activated or deactivated configured grant grant configuration index.
  • the first indication domain is an HPN domain.
  • the first indication field may also be another field that can be used to indicate the activated or deactivated configured index.
  • it can be a newly defined domain in DCI, or other domains can be reused. This application does not limit this.
  • the second type of domain further includes an NDI domain.
  • the DCI may inherit the DCI format defined in the existing protocol.
  • the arrangement of the first indication field in the DCI when the DCI format defined in the existing protocol is used is described as the first case.
  • the network device may generate the DCI based on the predefined format.
  • the pre-defined DCI format can be used to activate or deactivate the configured grant configuration, it can also be used for retransmission scheduling, and it can also be used to dynamically schedule PUSCH. This application does not limit this.
  • the zero-padded bits are added to the DCI to ensure that multiple DCIs sent by the network device to the same terminal device have the same length, so as to reduce the number of blind inspections of the terminal device.
  • the protocol may predefine the length of the DCI, and the network device may determine whether zero padding is needed based on the predefined length.
  • the network device may determine whether the DCI generated each time needs to be zero-added according to the length of the longest DCI.
  • FIG. 3 shows an example of the arrangement order of the domains in the DCI.
  • the DCI may include at least one first-type domain and at least one second-type domain. It should be noted that the zero-padded bits in the figure are only for illustration, and do not represent that all DCIs include zero-padded bits.
  • the position of the first indicator domain may change due to different high-level parameters.
  • the first indication field is located after the frequency hopping identification field.
  • the positions of the first indication field respectively obtained are staggered by one bit. If there are more first-type domains before the first indication domain, the number of bits of the first indication domain staggered in different DCIs may be larger. Because the terminal device cannot determine the location of the first indication domain, it cannot parse the information in the first indication domain, and thus cannot determine the activated or deactivated configured grant configuration.
  • the network device may move the first indication field in the DCI based on any one of the following two ways:
  • Method 1 move the first indication domain before all domains of the first category
  • Method 2 Move the first indication field to the last position of the DCI.
  • the first indication domain is moved before all the first-type domains, or the first indication domain may be moved before the first first-type domain.
  • Moving the first indication domain before the first type domain may include: moving the first type domain to an arbitrary position before the first type domain.
  • FIG. 4 shows an example before moving the first indication domain in the DCI shown in FIG. 3 to all domains of the first type. It should be understood that what is shown in the figure is only an example, and the network device may move the first indication domain to any position before all the first-type domains.
  • the protocol may define in advance which position the first indication domain is moved to before the first type domain.
  • a specific position before the domain is not limited in this application.
  • the network device may generate DCI based on the definition, and the terminal device may also analyze the first indication domain in the DCI based on the definition.
  • the first indication domain is an HPN domain.
  • whether the DCI is used to activate or deactivate the configured grant grant configuration or retransmission scheduling can be determined according to the NDI domain.
  • the last 3 bits of the HPN domain can be used to indicate the index of the activated or deactivated configured grant grant configuration; and in the case that the DCI is used for retransmission scheduling
  • This HPN field can be used to indicate the HARQ process number.
  • the network device may also move the NDI domain before all the first-type domains.
  • FIG. 5 shows an example before moving both the HPN domain and the NDI domain in the DCI shown in FIG. 3 to all the first-type domains.
  • the figures shown are merely examples, and the order in which the NDI domain and the HPN domain are arranged in the DCI is not limited in the embodiment of the present application.
  • the HPN domain can be located before or after the NDI domain.
  • the NDI domain and the HPN domain may be two adjacent domains or two non-adjacent domains.
  • the relative position relationship between the NDI domain and the HPN domain may be defined in advance by the protocol, and this application does not limit this.
  • the embodiment of this application does not limit the sequence in which other second-type domains are arranged in the DCI.
  • the network device may also move the NDI domain to the last position of the DCI. That is, the NDI domain is taken as the last domain of the DCI, and the NDI domain occupies the last bit of the DCI. Specifically, in a case where the DCI includes zero-padding bits, the NDI domain may be located after all the zero-padding bits; in a case where the DCI does not include zero-padding bits, the NDI domain may be located after the last domain of the DCI. That is, the NDI domain is used as the last domain of the DCI.
  • the first indication domain and the HPN domain are different domains.
  • the first indication domain may be a newly added domain in DCI, which is used to indicate an index of configured grant.
  • the configured corresponding grant configuration of this index can be a configured grant configuration activated or deactivated by DCI, or a configured grant configuration used for retransmission.
  • the network device may move the first indication domain before all the first-type domains without moving the HPN domain and the NDI domain.
  • the first indication domain may also be a domain other than the HPN domain in the DCI.
  • the network device may change only the positions of the first indication domain and the NDI domain without moving the HPN domain. For example, the first indication domain and the NDI domain are moved before all the first-type domains, or the first indication domain is moved before all the first-type domains, and the NDI domain is moved to the last position of the DCI.
  • Moving the first indication field to the last position of the DCI may include: moving the first indication field to the last bit of the DCI, and the first indication field may occupy some or all of the bits in the last segment.
  • the last segment of bits may be, for example, a plurality of predefined bits.
  • the first indication field may be moved to the last field of the DCI, and the first indication field may be used as the last field.
  • the last bit of the DCI may not occupy the last bit; or it may not be moved after the last field of the DCI, but it is still located in the last bit.
  • the first indication field may be moved after all the zero-padding bits, or the first indication field may be moved after the last zero-padding bit. It can be understood that the bits after the zero-padded bits are located in the last bit of the DCI.
  • the protocol defines that the first indication field is moved to the last bit of the DCI so that the terminal device can parse the first indication field, it can further define which bits of the first indication field are placed in the last bit. Therefore, the position of the first indication domain in the DCI can be determined.
  • the terminal device may resolve the first indication domain based on the location.
  • the DCI includes zero-padded bits, it can be considered that the length of the DCI does not reach a predefined length or is not the longest DCI among all DCIs.
  • the first indication field may be the last field of the DCI, and the last bit of the first indication field may be the last bit of the DCI .
  • the starting position of the first indication field may be determined according to the length of the zero-padded DCI and the length of the first indication field.
  • FIG. 6 shows an example after moving the first indication field in the DCI shown in FIG. 3 to all zero-padded bits.
  • the length of the DCI may be considered as a predefined length, or the DCI is the longest DCI among all DCIs.
  • the first indication domain may become the last domain of the DCI.
  • the starting position of the first indication field may be determined according to the length of the DCI and the length of the first indication field.
  • FIG. 7 shows an example of moving the first indication field in the DCI shown in FIG. 3 to the last position of the DCI.
  • the first indication domain is an HPN domain.
  • whether the DCI is used to activate or deactivate the configured grant grant configuration or retransmission scheduling can be determined according to the NDI domain.
  • the last 3 bits of the HPN domain can be used to indicate the index of the activated or deactivated configured grant grant configuration; and in the case that the DCI is used for retransmission scheduling
  • This HPN field can be used to indicate the HARQ process number.
  • the network device may move the HPN domain and the NDI domain to the last position of the DCI.
  • the network device can move both the HPN domain and the NDI domain after all the zero-padding bits.
  • FIG. 8 shows an example in which both the HPN field and the NDI field in the DCI shown in FIG. 3 are moved to all zero-padded bits. It should be understood that the figures shown are merely examples, and the order in which the NDI domain and the HPN domain are arranged in the DCI is not limited in the embodiment of the present application.
  • the NDI domain may be the last domain of DCI.
  • the last bit of the DCI may be the NDI domain; the HPN domain may also be DCI to the last domain. At this time, the last bit of the DCI may be the HPN domain. The last bit.
  • the NDI domain can be located before or after the HPN domain.
  • the relative position relationship between the NDI domain and the HPN domain may be defined in advance by the protocol, and the order of the NDI domain and the HPN domain is not limited in this embodiment of the present application. In addition, the embodiment of this application does not limit the sequence in which other second-type domains are arranged in the DCI.
  • the network device may move the HPN domain and the NDI domain to the last position of the DCI, for example, move both the HPN domain and the NDI domain after the last domain.
  • FIG. 9 shows an example of moving the HPN domain and the NDI domain in the DCI shown in FIG. 3 to the last position of the DCI. It should be understood that the figures shown are merely examples and should not be construed as limiting this application in any way. The order of the NDI domain and the HPN domain is not limited in this embodiment of the present application. For example, the HPN domain may be located before the NDI domain or after the HPN domain.
  • the HPN domain can become the last domain of DCI, or the NDI domain can also become the last domain of DCI.
  • the relative position relationship between the NDI domain and the HPN domain may be defined in advance by the protocol, and this application does not limit this.
  • the embodiment of this application does not limit the sequence in which other second-type domains are arranged in the DCI.
  • the network device may also move the NDI domain before all the first-type domains. That is, the network device can move the NDI domain to any position before the first first-type domain.
  • the protocol can define in advance where the NDI domain is located before the first first-type domain.
  • the first indication domain and the HPN domain are different domains.
  • the first indication domain may be a newly added domain in DCI, which is used to indicate an index of configured grant.
  • the configured corresponding grant configuration of this index can be a configured grant configuration activated or deactivated by DCI, or a configured grant configuration used for retransmission.
  • the network device may move the first indication domain only after the last domain of the DCI, that is, use the first indication domain as the last domain of the DCI without moving the HPN domain and the NDI domain.
  • the first indication domain may also be a domain other than the HPN domain in the DCI.
  • the network device may change only the positions of the first indication domain and the NDI domain without moving the HPN domain. For example, the first indication domain and the NDI domain are moved to the last position of the DCI, or the first indication domain is moved to the last position of the DCI, and the NDI domain is moved before all the first-type domains.
  • DCI format 0_1 in NR uses DCI format 0_1 in NR as an example to explain the process of network equipment generating DCI.
  • FIG. 10 is a schematic diagram of an arrangement order of each domain in the DCI format 0_1 defined in the NR.
  • the figure is only schematic, and only shows the arrangement order of some domains in DCI.
  • the HPN domain is an example of the first indication domain.
  • the frequency domain resource assignment domain and frequency hopping identification domain are examples of the first type domain.
  • the remaining domains are of the second type. "" in the figure indicates an omitted DCI field.
  • both the HPN domain and the NDI domain are after the frequency domain resource assignment domain (that is, an example of the first type domain). If the DCI format 0_1 is used to activate or deactivate the configured grant configuration, the activated or deactivated configured grant configuration needs to be determined according to the HPN domain.
  • FIG. 11 to FIG. 14 are schematic diagrams showing the arrangement order of each domain in the DCI format 0_1 obtained after moving the HPN domain and the NDI domain.
  • FIG. 11 shows an example of moving both the NDI domain and the HPN domain to positions before the frequency domain resource assignment domain.
  • FIG. 12 shows an example of moving the NDI domain and the HPN domain to the last position of the DCI when the DCI does not include the zero-padded bits.
  • FIG. 13 shows positions after moving both the NDI field and the HPN field to all zero-padded bits.
  • FIG. 14 shows that the NDI domain is moved to a position before the frequency domain resource assignment domain, and the HPN domain is moved to a position after all zero-padded bits.
  • the network device can generate DCI. Since the position of the first indication domain in the DCI may be determined, the terminal device may parse the first indication domain based on a fixed position to activate or deactivate a configured grant grant corresponding to an index in the first indication domain.
  • the method before moving the first indication domain, the method further includes: the network device determines whether to move the first indication domain according to the function of the DCI. Specifically, when the DCI is configured to activate or deactivate a configured grant, the network device may move the first indication domain in the manner described above.
  • the network device may separately define a DCI format for the DCI that activates or deactivates the configured grant grant configuration, and the DCI generated based on the DCI format may be specifically used to activate or deactivate the configured grant grant configuration.
  • the DCI format can avoid the problem that the position of the first indication field is not fixed.
  • the first indication domain may be located before all domains of the first type.
  • the arrangement of the first indication domain in DCI before all the domains of the first type is referred to as case two.
  • the DCI format under this design may be similar to the result before moving the first indication field to all the first type fields in the first case in the first case, for example, as shown in FIG. 4. It should be understood that FIG. 4 is merely an example, and the first indication domain may be any position before all domains of the first type.
  • the protocol may pre-define where the first indication domain precedes the first-type domain.
  • the first indication domain may be the first domain of DCI, or may be a domain before all domains of the first category, or may be a domain at a specific location before the domain of the first category, which is not described in this application. limited.
  • the first indication domain is an HPN domain.
  • whether the DCI is used to activate or deactivate the configured grant or retransmission scheduling can be determined according to the NDI domain.
  • the last 3 bits of the HPN domain can be used to indicate the index of the activated or deactivated configured grant grant configuration; and in the case that the DCI is used for retransmission scheduling
  • This HPN field can be used to indicate the HARQ process number.
  • the NDI domain is also located before all the first-type domains.
  • This NDI domain also precedes all first-type domains.
  • the DCI format under this design can be similar to the result before moving the HPN domain and NDI to all the first type domains in the first case, for example, as shown in FIG. 5.
  • FIG. 5 is merely an example, and the order of arrangement of the NDI domain and the HPN domain in the DCI is not limited in the embodiment of the present application.
  • the protocol can predefine the relative position relationship between the HPN domain and the NDI domain.
  • the HPN domain can be located before or after the NDI domain.
  • the NDI domain and the HPN domain may be two adjacent domains or two non-adjacent domains.
  • the NDI domain is located at the last position of the DCI.
  • the NDI domain may be located in the last segment of the DCI, and the NDI domain may occupy some or all of the bits of the last segment.
  • the NDI domain may be used as the last domain of the DCI.
  • the NDI domain may occupy the last bit of the DCI or may not occupy the last bit; or
  • the NDI domain may not be used as the last domain of the DCI, but is still located in the last bit.
  • the first indication field may be defined after all the zero-padding bits. At this time, the NDI domain is the last domain of the DCI. It can be understood that the bits after the zero-padded bits fall into the last bit of the DCI.
  • the first indication domain and the HPN domain are different domains.
  • the first indication domain may be a newly added domain in DCI, which is used to indicate an index of configured grant.
  • the configured corresponding grant configuration of this index can be a configured grant configuration activated or deactivated by DCI, or a configured grant configuration used for retransmission.
  • the first indication domain may be defined before all domains of the first type.
  • the first indication domain may also be a domain other than the HPN domain in the DCI.
  • the network device may define only the locations of the first indication domain and the NDI domain, but not the locations of the HPN domain.
  • the first indication domain and the NDI domain are defined before all the first-type domains, or the first indication domain is defined before all the first-type domains, and the NDI domain is defined at the last position of the DCI.
  • the first indicator field may be located at the last position of the DCI.
  • the arrangement of the first indication field at the last position of the DCI is recorded as the second case.
  • the first indication field may be located in the last bit of the DCI, and the first indication field may occupy part or all of the bits of the last bit.
  • the first indication field may be used as the last field of the DCI.
  • the first indication field may occupy the last bit of the DCI or may not occupy the last bit. Or, the first indication field may not be used as the last field of the DCI, but is still located in the last bit.
  • the first indication field may be defined after all the zero-padding bits.
  • the first indication domain is the last domain of the DCI. It can be understood that the bits after the zero-padded bits fall into the last bit of the DCI.
  • the DCI format under this design may be similar to the result after the first indication field is moved to the last position of the DCI by using the second method in the first case, for example, as shown in FIG. 6 and FIG. 7.
  • the first indication domain is an HPN domain.
  • whether the DCI is used to activate or deactivate the configured grant or retransmission scheduling can be determined according to the NDI domain.
  • the last 3 bits of the HPN domain can be used to indicate the index of the activated or deactivated configured grant grant configuration; and in the case that the DCI is used for retransmission scheduling
  • This HPN field can be used to indicate the HARQ process number.
  • the HPN domain and the NDI domain are both located at the last position of the DCI.
  • the HPN domain and the NDI are both located in the last position of the DCI, and may include that the HPN domain and the NDI domain are both located in the last bit of the DCI.
  • the HPN field and the NDI field are the last two fields of the DCI, or the HPN field and the NDI field are both located after the zero-padded bits of the DCI, and so on.
  • the HPN field and the NDI field may be the last two fields of the DCI; when the DCI does not contain zero-padded bits, the HPN field and the NDI field may be located in the zero-padded field. After the bit, it can also be the last two fields of the DCI.
  • the HPN domain can be located before or after the NDI domain. This application does not limit this.
  • the DCI format under this design may be similar to the result after moving the first indication domain and the NDI domain to the last position of the DCI in the second case in the first case, for example, as shown in FIG. 8 and FIG. 9.
  • the NDI domain is located before all domains of the first type. That is, the NDI domain can be located anywhere before the first-type domain is received.
  • the protocol can define in advance where the NDI domain is located before the first first-type domain.
  • the first indication domain and the HPN domain are different domains.
  • the first indication domain may be a newly added domain in DCI, which is used to indicate an index of configured grant.
  • the configured corresponding grant configuration of this index can be a configured grant configuration activated or deactivated by DCI, or a configured grant configuration used for retransmission.
  • the first indication field may be defined only at the last position of the DCI. That is, the first indication field is the last field of the DCI, and the first indication field occupies the last bit of the DCI.
  • the first indication domain may also be a domain other than the HPN domain in the DCI.
  • the network device may define only the location of the first indication domain and the NDI domain, but not the location of the HPN domain.
  • both the first indication domain and the NDI domain are defined at the last position of the DCI, or the first indication domain is defined at the last position of the DCI, the NDI domain is defined before all the first type domains, and so on.
  • network devices can generate DCI. Since the position of the first indication domain in the DCI may be determined, the terminal device may parse the first indication domain based on a fixed position to activate or deactivate a configured grant grant corresponding to an index in the first indication domain.
  • step 230 the network device sends the DCI. Accordingly, the terminal device receives the DCI.
  • the network device can scramble the DCI through the specific RNTI described above, such as CS-RNTI.
  • the network device may send the DCI through a physical downlink control channel (PDCCH), for example.
  • PDCCH physical downlink control channel
  • the terminal device can receive DCI through blind detection, and descramble based on CS-RNTI to obtain information in DCI.
  • step 240 the terminal device activates or deactivates the configured grant configuration indicated by the first indication domain.
  • the terminal device may determine whether the DCI is used to activate or deactivate a configured DCI or to retransmit scheduling.
  • the terminal device may further determine whether the DCI is used to activate or deactivate a configured grant configuration or a retransmission scheduling according to a domain such as an NDI domain in the DCI.
  • a domain such as an NDI domain in the DCI.
  • the specific method for determining whether the DCI is used for activating or deactivating the configured or granted configuration or retransmission scheduling through the NDI domain and other domains in the DCI has been described in detail above. For brevity, it will not be repeated here.
  • determining whether DCI is used for activating or deactivating configured grant grant configuration or retransmission scheduling through domains such as the scramble type of DCI and the NDI domain is only one possible implementation, and should not constitute any limitation on this application.
  • a network device may scramble DCI through different types of RNTIs to distinguish between the DCI used to activate or deactivate the configured DCI and the DCI used for retransmission scheduling; for example, the network device may indicate the DCI through other fields This application does not limit this.
  • the terminal device may determine an activated or deactivated configured grant grant configuration according to the DCI and the index of the configured grant configuration indicated by the first indication domain.
  • the one-to-one correspondence between the configured grant and the configuration may be predetermined by the network device and the terminal device. For example, it may be defined in advance, such as a protocol definition, or a network device may instruct a terminal device through high-level signaling, which is not limited in this application.
  • the method 200 further includes: if the DCI is used to activate the configured grant configuration, the terminal device may send a PUSCH based on the configured grant configuration indicated by the first indication domain and the DCI. Accordingly, the network device receives the PUSCH.
  • the terminal device may determine part of the transmission resources and transmission parameters according to the configured grant configuration indicated by the first indication field, and send the PUSCH in combination with the transmission resources and transmission parameters indicated in the DCI.
  • the network device may receive the PUSCH based on the same transmission resources and transmission resources.
  • the method 200 further includes: if the DCI is used to deactivate the configured grant configuration, the terminal device releases (or deactivates) the configured grant configuration indicated by the first indication domain. The network device no longer receives PUSCH based on the deactivated configured grant configuration.
  • the specific process of activating or deactivating the configured configuration of the terminal device may refer to the prior art. For brevity, detailed description of the specific process is omitted here.
  • the position of the first indication domain in the DCI is not affected by the length of the first type of domain, and the terminal device can resolve the first indication domain based on the fixed location. Therefore, the terminal device can accurately determine the activated or deactivated configured grant configuration.
  • the configured grant grant configuration is activated, the PUSCH is transmitted based on the parameters therein and the DCI; when the configured grant grant configuration is deactivated, the configured grant configuration is released. Therefore, PUSCH transmission without dynamic authorization will not be affected, which is beneficial to the use of uplink dynamic authorization-free transmission in various scenarios.
  • the terminal device may take a long time to find the first indication domain, or may not find the first indication domain. Therefore, it affects PUSCH transmission without dynamic authorization. For example, it may bring a large delay, which is not conducive to the use of uplink dynamic authorization-free transmission in some scenarios that are sensitive to delay.
  • the above provides a configuration method that can facilitate the terminal device to determine and parse the first indication domain based on a fixed location, so that it can activate or deactivate the configured corresponding to the index based on the configured grant in the first indication domain grant configuration.
  • the DCI is not limited to activating or deactivating the configured grant configuration, but can also be used for retransmission scheduling.
  • scrambling may also be performed through the same type of RNTI, such as CS-RNTI.
  • the terminal device can determine the transmission block that needs to be retransmitted and the configured grant grant configuration for retransmission according to the HPN field in the DCI.
  • the configured grant configuration can be used to indicate the parameters used for retransmission.
  • the terminal device cannot parse the information in the HPN domain based on the fixed location, and it cannot determine the transmission blocks that need to be retransmitted and the configured grant grant used for retransmission. .
  • This application also provides a method for data transmission, so that the terminal device can analyze the HPN domain based on a fixed location, so that it can determine the transmission block that needs to be retransmitted and the configured grant configuration used for retransmission, and retransmit the data based on the configured grant .
  • FIG. 15 is a schematic flowchart of a data transmission method 300 according to another embodiment of the present application, which is shown from the perspective of device interaction. As shown, the method 300 may include steps 310 to 350. Each step in the method 300 is described in detail below.
  • step 310 the network device sends configuration information, and the configuration information is used to configure a plurality of configured grant configurations. Accordingly, the terminal device receives the configuration information.
  • step 310 is the same as the specific process of step 210 in the method 200 above. Since step 210 has been described in detail in the method 200 above, for brevity, it will not be repeated here.
  • step 320 the network device generates a DCI, where the DCI includes a first indication field, and the first indication field is used to indicate a configured grant configuration used for retransmission.
  • the DCI can be used for scheduling retransmission.
  • the parameters used for retransmission may be one of a plurality of configured grants configured in advance in step 310.
  • the parameters used for retransmission may include, for example, one or more of a waveform, a resource allocation type, a frequency hopping mode, a DMRS-related parameter, an MCS table, and an RBG size.
  • the DCI may be a DCI scrambled by a specific type of RNTI.
  • the terminal device receives the DCI, it can determine whether the DCI is used for activating or deactivating the configured grant grant configuration or for retransmission scheduling according to the type of the RNTI that scrambles the DCI.
  • the domains in the DCI can also be divided into first-type domains and second-type domains. Since the first-type domain and the second-type domain have been described in detail in the method 200, for the sake of brevity, they are not repeated here.
  • the first type of domain may include a frequency hopping identification domain and a frequency domain resource assignment domain.
  • the second type of domain may include a first indication domain, and the first indication domain may be used to indicate a configured grant grant configuration for retransmission.
  • the first indication domain is an HPN domain.
  • the first indication domain may also be another configured domain that can be used to indicate the use of configured regrants.
  • the second type of domain may also include an HPN domain.
  • the second type of domain further includes an NDI domain.
  • the HPN domain when the HPN domain is the first indication domain, the HPN domain carries a HARQ process number.
  • the HARQ process number can be used to determine the retransmitted data.
  • the network device and the terminal device can determine the correspondence between the HARQ process number and the configured grant configuration in advance.
  • the HARQ process number can be calculated based on the time domain resource index of the configured grant. Therefore, the HARQ process number can be used to indirectly indicate the configured grant configuration used for retransmission.
  • the HPN domain can be used to determine the configured grant configuration used for retransmissions.
  • the first indication domain may directly carry the configured configuration grant index used for retransmission.
  • the terminal device may determine the configured grant configuration for retransmission according to the first indication field.
  • the network device may generate the DCI based on the manner provided in the method 200. For example, if the DCI is generated based on a predefined DCI format, the network device may move the first indication field based on the method 1 or the method 2 described in the case 1 of the method 200 when it is determined that the DCI is used for retransmission scheduling. ; If the DCI is defined as a DCI specifically used for retransmission scheduling, the network device may generate the DCI according to any one of the case 2 or the case 3 in the method 200, so as to avoid that the position of the first indication field is not fixed. The problem.
  • the first indication domain is an HPN domain.
  • Whether the DCI is used to activate or deactivate the configured grant or retransmission scheduling can be determined according to the NDI domain.
  • the last 3 bits of the HPN domain can be used to indicate the index of the activated or deactivated configured grant grant configuration; and in the case that the DCI is used for retransmission scheduling
  • This HPN field can be used to indicate the HARQ process number.
  • the NDI domain may also be located before all domains of the first type, or located at the last position of the DCI. Moreover, the relative position relationship between the NDI domain and the first indication domain is not limited in this application.
  • the first indication domain and the HPN domain are different domains.
  • the first indication domain may be located before all the first type domains or the last position of the DCI, and the position of the NDI domain is not limited.
  • step 320 refers to the specific process of step 220 above.
  • step 330 the network device sends the DCI. Accordingly, the terminal device receives the DCI.
  • step 340 the terminal device retransmits the transmission block according to the DCI and the configured grant configuration indicated by the first indication domain. Accordingly, the network device receives the retransmitted transport block.
  • the method further includes step 350, in which the terminal device determines a retransmitted transmission block according to the HPN domain.
  • the network device may determine the retransmitted transmission block and the configured grant grant configuration for the retransmission according to the HPN domain.
  • the network device may still generate DCI based on the above method. Since the location of the first indication domain is fixed, the terminal device can parse the first indication domain based on the fixed location, and then can determine the configured grant configuration used for retransmission. At the same time, the terminal device can determine the number of bits of the first type domain according to the configured grant configuration used for retransmission, and then can determine the location of other second type domains, such as the HPN domain.
  • the network device may also process the HPN domain in a similar manner to the processing of the first indication domain in the process of generating the DCI, so that the HPN domain in the generated DCI precedes all first-type domains, or does not include In the DCI with zero padding bits, it is located after all domains of the first type, or after all zero padding bits with DCI.
  • this application does not limit the relative positional relationship of the first indication domain, the HPN domain, and the NDI domain.
  • the protocol can predefine the position of each domain in the DCI.
  • the first indication field is the last field before all the first-type fields in DCI; for example, the first indication field is the last field of DCI, and the first indication field occupies the last bit of DCI; for example, The first indication field and the NDI field are the last two consecutive fields before all the first type fields in the DCI, and the NDI field is located before the first indication field; for example, the first indication field and the NDI field are all zero-padded in the DCI
  • the last two consecutive domains after the bit, and the NDI domain is before the first indicator domain; for example, the first indicator domain, the NDI domain, and the HPN domain are the last three consecutive domains before all the first-type domains in DCI, And the NDI domain is located before the first indication domain, the first indication domain is located before the HPN domain, and so on.
  • Network equipment can generate DCI based on the definition
  • the terminal device After the terminal device determines the transmission block that needs to be retransmitted based on the HARQ process number indicated in the HPN domain, it can transmit the retransmission transmission block through PUSCH according to the configured DCI and the configured grant grant used for the retransmission.
  • the network device can receive the retransmitted transport block on the PUSCH according to the configured grant configuration used by the DCI and the retransmission.
  • the position of the first indication domain in the DCI is not affected by the length of the first type of domain, and the terminal device can resolve the first indication domain based on the fixed position.
  • the terminal device can accurately determine the configured grant configuration used for retransmission. Therefore, the terminal device can retransmit the transmission block by configuring the authorized PUSCH according to some parameters in the DCI and the configured grant configuration. In order to achieve data retransmission, it is beneficial to improve the overall reliability of data transmission.
  • the position of the first indication domain in the DCI is affected by the length of the first type of domain, its position in the DCI cannot be determined.
  • the terminal device may take a long time to find the first indication domain, and may not even find the first indication domain. Therefore, the dynamic authorization-free transmission of the PUSCH is affected, so that the advantage of reducing the delay caused by retransmitting the transmission block by configuring the authorized PUSCH cannot be fully utilized.
  • the size of the sequence numbers of the processes does not mean the order of execution.
  • the execution order of each process should be determined by its function and internal logic, and should not constitute any limitation on the implementation process of the embodiments of this application. .
  • FIG. 16 is a schematic block diagram of a communication apparatus according to an embodiment of the present application.
  • the communication device 1000 may include a communication unit 1100 and a processing unit 1200.
  • the communication device 1000 may correspond to the terminal device in the foregoing method embodiment.
  • it may be a terminal device, or a chip configured in the terminal device.
  • the communication device 1000 may correspond to a terminal device in the method 200 and the method 300 according to the embodiment of the present application.
  • the communication device 1000 may include a method for performing the method 300 in FIG. 2 or the method 300 in FIG. 15. A unit of a method performed by a terminal device.
  • each unit in the communication device 1000 and the other operations and / or functions described above are respectively to implement a corresponding process of the method 300 in FIG. 2 or the method 300 in FIG. 15.
  • the communication unit 1100 may be used to execute steps 210 to 230 in the method 200, and the processing unit 1200 may be used to execute step 240 in the method 200.
  • the communication unit 1100 may be used to execute steps 310, 330, and 340 in the method 300, and the processing unit 1200 may be used to execute step 350 in the method 300.
  • the communication unit 1100 in the communication device 1000 may correspond to the transceiver 2020 in the terminal device 2000 shown in FIG. 17, and the processing unit 1200 in the communication device 1000 may Corresponds to the processor 2010 in the terminal device 2000 shown in FIG. 17.
  • the communication unit 1100 in the communication device 1000 may be an input / output interface.
  • the communication device 1000 may correspond to the network device in the foregoing method embodiment.
  • it may be a network device, or a chip configured in the network device.
  • the communication device 1000 may correspond to the network device in the foregoing method embodiment.
  • the communication device 1000 may be a network device or a chip configured in the network device.
  • the communication device 1000 may correspond to the method 300 and the network device in the method 300 according to the embodiment of the present application.
  • the communication device 1000 may include a method for performing the method 200 in FIG. 2 or the method 300 in FIG. 15. A unit of a method performed by a network device.
  • each unit in the communication device 1000 and the other operations and / or functions described above are respectively to implement a corresponding process of the method 300 in FIG. 2 or the method 300 in FIG. 15.
  • the communication unit 1100 may be used to execute steps 210 to 230 in the method 200, and the processing unit 1200 may be used to execute step 220 in the method 200.
  • the communication unit 1100 may be used to execute steps 310, 330, and 340 in the method 300, and the processing unit 1200 may be used to execute step 320 in the method 300.
  • the communication unit in the communication device 1000 is a transceiver 3200 that may correspond to the network device 3000 shown in FIG. 18, and the processing unit 1200 in the communication device 1000 may be Corresponds to the processor 3100 in the network device 3000 shown in FIG. 18.
  • the communication unit 1100 in the communication device 1000 may be an input / output interface.
  • FIG. 17 is a schematic structural diagram of a terminal device 2000 according to an embodiment of the present application.
  • the terminal device 2000 may be applied to the system shown in FIG. 1 to perform the functions of the terminal device in the foregoing method embodiment.
  • the terminal device 2000 includes a processor 2010 and a transceiver 2020.
  • the terminal device 2000 further includes a memory 2030.
  • the processor 2010, the transceiver 2002, and the memory 2030 can communicate with each other through an internal connection path to transfer control and / or data signals.
  • the memory 2030 is used to store a computer program
  • the processor 2010 is used to store the computer program from the memory 2030
  • the computer program is called and run to control the transceiver 2020 to send and receive signals.
  • the terminal device 2000 may further include an antenna 2040 for sending uplink data or uplink control signaling output by the transceiver 2020 through a wireless signal.
  • the processor 2010 and the memory 2030 may be combined into a processing device, and the processor 2010 is configured to execute program codes stored in the memory 2030 to implement the foregoing functions.
  • the memory 2030 may also be integrated in the processor 2010 or independent of the processor 2010.
  • the processor 2010 may correspond to the processing unit in FIG. 16.
  • the above-mentioned transceiver 2020 may correspond to the communication unit in FIG. 16, and may also be referred to as a transceiver unit.
  • the transceiver 2020 may include a receiver (or receiver, or receiving circuit) and a transmitter (or transmitter, or transmitting circuit). The receiver is used for receiving signals, and the transmitter is used for transmitting signals.
  • the terminal device 2000 shown in FIG. 17 can implement various processes related to the terminal device in the method embodiments shown in FIG. 2 and FIG. 15. Operations and / or functions of each module in the terminal device 2000 are respectively implemented to implement corresponding processes in the foregoing method embodiments. For details, refer to the description in the foregoing method embodiments. To avoid repetition, detailed descriptions are appropriately omitted here.
  • the above processor 2010 may be used to perform the actions implemented in the terminal device described in the previous method embodiment, and the transceiver 2020 may be used to execute the terminal device described in the previous method embodiment to send or receive from the network device to the network device. action.
  • the transceiver 2020 may be used to execute the terminal device described in the previous method embodiment to send or receive from the network device to the network device. action.
  • the above-mentioned terminal device 2000 may further include a power source 2050 for supplying power to various devices or circuits in the terminal device.
  • the terminal device 2000 may further include one or more of an input unit 2060, a display unit 2070, an audio circuit 2080, a camera 2090, and a sensor 2100.
  • the audio circuit A speaker 2082, a microphone 2084, and the like may also be included.
  • FIG. 18 is a schematic structural diagram of a network device according to an embodiment of the present application, and may be, for example, a structural schematic diagram of a base station.
  • the base station 3000 can be applied to the system shown in FIG. 1 and executes the functions of the network device in the foregoing method embodiment.
  • the base station 3000 may include one or more radio frequency units, such as a remote radio unit (RRU) 3100 and one or more baseband units (BBU) (also referred to as a digital unit). , Digital unit, DU) 3200.
  • the RRU 3100 may be referred to as a transceiver unit, and corresponds to the communication unit 1200 in FIG. 16.
  • the transceiver unit 3100 may also be referred to as a transceiver, a transceiver circuit, or a transceiver, etc., which may include at least one antenna 3101 and a radio frequency unit 3102.
  • the transceiver unit 3100 may include a receiving unit and a transmitting unit.
  • the receiving unit may correspond to a receiver (or a receiver or a receiving circuit), and the transmitting unit may correspond to a transmitter (or a transmitter or a transmitting circuit).
  • the RRU 3100 part is mainly used for transmitting and receiving radio frequency signals and converting radio frequency signals to baseband signals, for example, for sending instruction information to terminal equipment.
  • the BBU 3200 part is mainly used for baseband processing and controlling base stations.
  • the RRU 3100 and the BBU 3200 may be physically located together, or may be physically separated, that is, a distributed base station.
  • the BBU 3200 is a control center of a base station, and may also be called a processing unit, which may correspond to the processing unit 1100 in FIG. 16, and is mainly used to complete baseband processing functions, such as channel coding, multiplexing, modulation, spreading, and the like.
  • the BBU Processed Unit
  • the BBU may be used to control the base station to execute the operation procedure on the network device in the foregoing method embodiment, for example, to generate the foregoing instruction information and the like.
  • the BBU 3200 may be composed of one or more boards, and multiple boards may jointly support a wireless access network (such as an LTE network) of a single access system, or may separately support different access systems. Wireless access network (such as LTE network, 5G network or other networks).
  • the BBU 3200 further includes a memory 3201 and a processor 3202.
  • the memory 3201 is configured to store necessary instructions and data.
  • the processor 3202 is configured to control a base station to perform necessary actions, for example, to control the base station to perform an operation procedure on a network device in the foregoing method embodiment.
  • the memory 3201 and the processor 3202 may serve one or more single boards. That is, the memory and processor can be set separately on each board. It is also possible that multiple boards share the same memory and processor. In addition, the necessary circuits can be set on each board.
  • the base station 3000 shown in FIG. 18 can implement various processes related to the network device in the method embodiments of FIG. 2 and FIG. 15.
  • the operations and / or functions of each module in the base station 3000 are respectively to implement the corresponding processes in the foregoing method embodiments.
  • the above BBU 3200 can be used to perform the actions implemented by the network device described in the previous method embodiment, and the RRU 3100 can be used to perform the actions that the network device described in the previous method embodiment sends to or receives from the terminal device.
  • the RRU 3100 can be used to perform the actions that the network device described in the previous method embodiment sends to or receives from the terminal device.
  • An embodiment of the present application further provides a processing apparatus including a processor and an interface; the processor is configured to execute the method in any one of the foregoing method embodiments.
  • the processing device may be a chip.
  • the processing device may be a field programmable gate array (FPGA), an application-specific integrated circuit (ASIC), or a system chip (SoC). It is a central processor (CPU), a network processor (NP), a digital signal processor (DSP), or a microcontroller (micro controller). (MCU), can also be a programmable controller (programmable logic device, PLD) or other integrated chips.
  • FPGA field programmable gate array
  • ASIC application-specific integrated circuit
  • SoC system chip
  • CPU central processor
  • NP network processor
  • DSP digital signal processor
  • micro controller microcontroller
  • MCU can also be a programmable controller (programmable logic device, PLD) or other integrated chips.
  • each step of the above method may be completed by an integrated logic circuit of hardware in a processor or an instruction in a form of software.
  • the steps of the method disclosed in combination with the embodiments of the present application may be directly implemented by a hardware processor, or may be performed by a combination of hardware and software modules in the processor.
  • the software module may be located in a mature storage medium such as a random access memory, a flash memory, a read-only memory, a programmable read-only memory, or an electrically erasable programmable memory, a register, and the like.
  • the storage medium is located in a memory, and the processor reads the information in the memory and completes the steps of the foregoing method in combination with its hardware. To avoid repetition, it will not be described in detail here.
  • processor in the embodiment of the present application may be an integrated circuit chip and has a signal processing capability.
  • each step of the foregoing method embodiment may be completed by using an integrated logic circuit of hardware in a processor or an instruction in a form of software.
  • the above processors may be general purpose processors, digital signal processors (DSPs), application specific integrated circuits (ASICs), field programmable gate arrays (FPGAs) or other programmable logic devices, discrete gate or transistor logic devices, and discrete hardware components .
  • DSPs digital signal processors
  • ASICs application specific integrated circuits
  • FPGAs field programmable gate arrays
  • a general-purpose processor may be a microprocessor or the processor may be any conventional processor or the like.
  • the steps of the method disclosed in combination with the embodiments of the present application may be directly implemented by a hardware decoding processor, or may be performed by using a combination of hardware and software modules in the decoding processor.
  • the software module may be located in a mature storage medium such as a random access memory, a flash memory, a read-only memory, a programmable read-only memory, or an electrically erasable programmable memory, a register, and the like.
  • the storage medium is located in a memory, and the processor reads the information in the memory and completes the steps of the foregoing method in combination with its hardware.
  • the memory in the embodiment of the present application may be a volatile memory or a non-volatile memory, or may include both volatile and non-volatile memory.
  • the non-volatile memory may be read-only memory (ROM), programmable read-only memory (PROM), erasable programmable read-only memory (erasable PROM, EPROM), electrical memory Erase programmable read-only memory (EPROM, EEPROM) or flash memory.
  • the volatile memory may be a random access memory (RAM), which is used as an external cache.
  • RAM random access memory
  • DRAM dynamic random access memory
  • SDRAM synchronous dynamic random access memory
  • double SDRAM double SDRAM
  • DDR SDRAM double data rate synchronous dynamic random access memory
  • enhanced SDRAM enhanced SDRAM
  • SLDRAM synchronous connection dynamic random access memory
  • direct RAMbus RAM direct RAMbus RAM
  • the present application also provides a computer program product, the computer program product includes: computer program code, when the computer program code is run on a computer, the computer causes the computer to execute the operations shown in FIG. 2 and FIG. 15 The method of any one of the embodiments is shown.
  • the present application further provides a computer-readable medium, where the computer-readable medium stores program code, and when the program code runs on the computer, the computer executes the operations shown in FIG. 2 and FIG. 15. The method of any one of the embodiments is shown.
  • the present application further provides a system, which includes the foregoing one or more terminal devices and one or more network devices.
  • the computer program product includes one or more computer instructions.
  • the computer may be a general-purpose computer, a special-purpose computer, a computer network, or other programmable devices.
  • the computer instructions may be stored in a computer-readable storage medium or transmitted from one computer-readable storage medium to another computer-readable storage medium, for example, the computer instructions may be from a website site, computer, server, or data center Transmission by wire (such as coaxial cable, optical fiber, digital subscriber line (DSL)) or wireless (such as infrared, wireless, microwave, etc.) to another website site, computer, server, or data center.
  • the computer-readable storage medium may be any available medium that can be accessed by a computer or a data storage device such as a server, a data center, and the like that includes one or more available medium integration.
  • the usable medium may be a magnetic medium (for example, a floppy disk, a hard disk, a magnetic tape), an optical medium (for example, a high-density digital video disc (DVD)), or a semiconductor medium (for example, a solid state disk (solid state disk) SSD)) and so on.
  • a magnetic medium for example, a floppy disk, a hard disk, a magnetic tape
  • an optical medium for example, a high-density digital video disc (DVD)
  • DVD high-density digital video disc
  • semiconductor medium for example, a solid state disk (solid state disk) SSD
  • the network device in each of the foregoing device embodiments corresponds exactly to the network device or terminal device in the terminal device and method embodiments, and the corresponding module or unit performs the corresponding steps, for example, the communication unit (transceiver) performs the receiving or
  • the step of sending, other than sending and receiving, may be performed by a processing unit (processor).
  • processor For the function of the specific unit, refer to the corresponding method embodiment. Among them, there may be one or more processors.
  • a component may be, but is not limited to, a process running on a processor, a processor, an object, an executable, a thread of execution, a program, and / or a computer.
  • an application running on a computing device and a computing device can be components.
  • One or more components can reside within a process and / or thread of execution and a component may be localized on one computer and / or distributed between two or more computers.
  • these components can execute from various computer readable media having various data structures stored thereon.
  • a component may, for example, be based on a signal having one or more data packets (e.g., data from two components that interact with another component between a local system, a distributed system, and / or a network, such as the Internet that interacts with other systems through signals) Communicate via local and / or remote processes.
  • data packets e.g., data from two components that interact with another component between a local system, a distributed system, and / or a network, such as the Internet that interacts with other systems through signals
  • the disclosed systems, devices, and methods may be implemented in other ways.
  • the device embodiments described above are only schematic.
  • the division of the unit is only a logical function division.
  • multiple units or components may be combined or Can be integrated into another system, or some features can be ignored or not implemented.
  • the displayed or discussed mutual coupling or direct coupling or communication connection may be indirect coupling or communication connection through some interfaces, devices or units, which may be electrical, mechanical or other forms.
  • the units described as separate components may or may not be physically separated, and the components displayed as units may or may not be physical units, may be located in one place, or may be distributed on multiple network units. Some or all of the units may be selected according to actual needs to achieve the objective of the solution of this embodiment.
  • each functional unit in each embodiment of the present application may be integrated into one processing unit, or each of the units may exist separately physically, or two or more units may be integrated into one unit.
  • each functional unit may be implemented in whole or in part by software, hardware, firmware, or any combination thereof.
  • software When implemented in software, it may be implemented in whole or in part in the form of a computer program product.
  • the computer program product includes one or more computer instructions (programs).
  • programs When the computer program instructions (programs) are loaded and executed on a computer, the processes or functions according to the embodiments of the present application are wholly or partially generated.
  • the computer may be a general-purpose computer, a special-purpose computer, a computer network, or other programmable devices.
  • the computer instructions may be stored in a computer-readable storage medium or transmitted from one computer-readable storage medium to another computer-readable storage medium, for example, the computer instructions may be from a website site, computer, server, or data center Transmission by wire (for example, coaxial cable, optical fiber, digital subscriber line (DSL)) or wireless (for example, infrared, wireless, microwave, etc.) to another website site, computer, server, or data center.
  • the computer-readable storage medium may be any available medium that can be accessed by a computer or a data storage device such as a server, a data center, and the like that includes one or more available medium integration.
  • the usable medium may be a magnetic medium (for example, a floppy disk, a hard disk, a magnetic tape), an optical medium (for example, a DVD), or a semiconductor medium (for example, a solid state disk (SSD)).
  • the functions are implemented in the form of software functional units and sold or used as independent products, they can be stored in a computer-readable storage medium.
  • the technical solution of this application is essentially a part that contributes to the existing technology or a part of the technical solution can be embodied in the form of a software product.
  • the computer software product is stored in a storage medium, including Several instructions are used to cause a computer device (which may be a personal computer, a server, or a network device, etc.) to perform all or part of the steps of the method described in the embodiments of the present application.
  • the aforementioned storage media include: U disks, mobile hard disks, read-only memories (ROMs), random access memories (RAMs), magnetic disks or compact discs and other media that can store program codes .

Landscapes

  • Engineering & Computer Science (AREA)
  • Signal Processing (AREA)
  • Computer Networks & Wireless Communication (AREA)
  • Mobile Radio Communication Systems (AREA)

Abstract

The present application provides a configuration method for uplink dynamic grant-free transmission and a communication device. The method comprises: a network apparatus generating DCI for activating or deactivating a configured grant configuration, the DCI comprising a first indication field and one or more first type fields, the first indication field indicating an index of a configured grant configuration to be activated or deactivated, the number of bits in the first type fields being related to the configured grant configuration to be activated or deactivated, and the first indication field being located before all of the first type fields or at an end position of the DCI; and the network apparatus sending the DCI to a terminal apparatus, such that the terminal apparatus activates or deactivates the configured grant configuration corresponding to the index according to the DCI. The invention places the first indication field before the first type fields or at the end position of the DCI, such that the first indication field has a fixed position in the DCI. The terminal apparatus can parse to obtain the first indication field on the basis of the fixed position, and determine whether the configured grant configuration is to be activated or deactivated.

Description

上行免动态授权传输的配置方法及通信装置Configuration method and communication device for uplink free dynamic authorization transmission
本申请要求于2018年9月28日提交中国专利局、申请号为201811140993.7、申请名称为“上行免动态授权传输的配置方法及通信装置”的中国专利申请的优先权,其全部内容通过引用结合在本申请中。This application claims the priority of a Chinese patent application filed on September 28, 2018 with the Chinese Patent Office, application number 201811140993.7, and application name "Configuration Method and Communication Device for Uplink-Free Dynamic Authorization Transmission", the entire contents of which are incorporated by reference In this application.
技术领域Technical field
本申请涉及无线通信领域,并且更具体地,涉及上行免动态授权传输的配置方法以及通信装置。The present application relates to the field of wireless communications, and more particularly, to a configuration method and a communication device for uplink dynamic exemption authorization transmission.
背景技术Background technique
上行免动态授权传输由于其信令开销小、传输时延低、终端功耗低等优点,广泛应用于例如超可靠低延迟通信(ultra-reliable and low latency communication,URLLC)、增强移动宽带(enhanced mobile broadband,eMBB)和海量机器类型通信(massive machine type communication,mMTC)等场景。Uplink dynamic authorization-free transmission is widely used in, for example, ultra-reliable and low-latency communication (URLLC) and enhanced mobile broadband (enhanced) due to its advantages such as small signaling overhead, low transmission delay, and low terminal power consumption. mobile broadband (eMBB) and mass machine type communication (mMTC).
上行免动态授权传输例如可以通过配置的授权(configured grant)的物理上行共享信道(physical uplink share channel,PUSCH)传输上行数据。在一种实现方式中,网络设备可以通过配置的授权配置(configured grant configuration)为终端设备配置PUSCH的部分参数。此后,网络设备例如可以通过下行控制信息(downlink control information,DCI)激活或去激活configured grant configuration,或者进行重传调度。The uplink dynamic authorization-free transmission may, for example, transmit uplink data through a configured physical uplink shared channel (physical uplink shared channel (PUSCH)). In one implementation manner, the network device may configure some parameters of the PUSCH for the terminal device through a configured authorization configuration. Thereafter, the network device may activate or deactivate the configured grant grant configuration or perform retransmission scheduling, for example, through downlink control information (DCI).
以激活configured grant configuration为例,网络设备可以为终端设备配置多个configured grant configurations,并可通过DCI中的混合自动重传请求进程号(hybrid automatic repeat request(HARQ)process number,HPN)域指示激活的是哪一个configured grant configuration。此后,终端设备可以基于该configured grant configuration和DCI中的信息发送PUSCH。Taking the activated configured grant configuration as an example, the network device can configure multiple configured grant configurations for the terminal device, and it can indicate activation through the hybrid automatic repeat request (HARQ) process number (HPN) field in the DCI. Which one is configured? Granted. Thereafter, the terminal device can send a PUSCH based on the configured grant configuration and the information in the DCI.
然而,由于HPN域在不同的DCI中的位置并不一定相同,由于不能确定HPN域的位置,终端设备无法获取HPN域中的信息,也就无法确定激活的是哪一个configured grant configuration。因此,可能会影响PUSCH的正常传输。However, because the location of the HPN domain in different DCIs is not necessarily the same, because the location of the HPN domain cannot be determined, the terminal device cannot obtain the information in the HPN domain, and it cannot determine which configured grant grant configuration is activated. Therefore, it may affect the normal transmission of PUSCH.
发明内容Summary of the Invention
本申请提供一种上行免动态授权传输的配置方法以及通信装置,以保证免动态授权PUSCH的正常传输。This application provides a configuration method and communication device for uplink dynamic authorization-free transmission, so as to ensure the normal transmission of dynamic authorization-free PUSCH.
第一方面,提供了一种上行免动态授权传输的配置方法,该方法可以由终端设备执行,或者,也可以由配置于终端设备中的芯片执行。In a first aspect, a method for configuring uplink dynamic license-free transmission is provided. The method may be executed by a terminal device, or may be executed by a chip configured in the terminal device.
具体地,该方法包括:接收DCI,该DCI用于激活或去激活预先配置的多个configured grant configurations中的一个configured grant configuration,该DCI包括第一指示域和至少 一个第一类域,该第一类域的比特数由激活或去激活的configured grant configuration确定,该第一指示域指示一个configured grant configuration的索引,该第一指示域位于上述至少一个第一类域之前;激活或去激活该索引所对应的configured grant configuration。Specifically, the method includes: receiving DCI, the DCI being used to activate or deactivate a configured grant grant configuration among a plurality of preconfigured configured grant grant configurations, the DCI including a first indication domain and at least one first type domain, the first The number of bits of a type of domain is determined by the activated or deactivated configured configuration. The first indication field indicates an index of the configured configuration. The first indication field is located before the at least one first type field. The field is activated or deactivated. The configured corresponding grant for the index.
第二方面,提供了一种上行免动态授权传输的配置方法,该方法可以由网络设备执行,或者,也可以由配置于网络设备中的芯片执行。In a second aspect, a method for configuring uplink dynamic license-free transmission is provided. The method may be performed by a network device, or may be performed by a chip configured in the network device.
具体地,该方法包括:生成DCI,该DCI用于激活或去激活预先配置的多个configured grant configurations中的一个configured grant configuration,该DCI包括第一指示域和至少一个第一类域,该第一类域的比特数由激活或去激活的configured grant configuration确定,该第一指示域指示一个configured grant configuration的索引,该第一指示域位于上述至少一个第一类域之前;发送该DCI。Specifically, the method includes generating a DCI, which is used to activate or deactivate a configured grant grant configuration among a plurality of preconfigured configured grant grant configurations. The DCI includes a first indication domain and at least one first class domain. The number of bits of a type of domain is determined by the activated or deactivated configured configuration. The first indication field indicates an index of the configured configuration. The first indication field is located before the at least one first type field. The DCI is sent.
基于上述技术方案,通过将第一指示域定义在所有第一类域之前,可以使得第一指示域在DCI中的位置不会受到第一类域的长度的影响。即,第一指示域在DCI中的位置可以固定不变。因此,终端设备可以基于固定的位置解析第一指示域,从而可以准确地确定激活或去激活的configured grant configuration。在激活configured grant configuration的情况下,基于其中的参数和DCI传输PUSCH;在去激活configured grant configuration的情况下,释放configured grant configuration。因此,PUSCH的免动态授权传输不会受到影响,有利于上行免动态授权传输在各个场景中的使用。Based on the foregoing technical solution, by defining the first indication domain before all the first-type domains, the position of the first indication domain in the DCI may not be affected by the length of the first-type domain. That is, the position of the first indication field in the DCI may be fixed. Therefore, the terminal device can resolve the first indication domain based on the fixed position, so that the activated or deactivated configured grant configuration can be accurately determined. When the configured grant grant configuration is activated, the PUSCH is transmitted based on the parameters therein and the DCI; when the configured grant grant configuration is deactivated, the configured grant configuration is released. Therefore, the dynamic grant-free transmission of PUSCH is not affected, which is beneficial to the use of uplink dynamic grant-free transmission in various scenarios.
结合第一方面或第二方面,在某些可能的实现方式中,该DCI还包括新数据指示(new data indicator,NDI)域,该NDI域用于确定该DCI用于激活或去激活configured grant configuration,且该NDI域位于上述至少一个第一类域之前。With reference to the first aspect or the second aspect, in some possible implementation manners, the DCI further includes a new data indicator (NDI) domain, and the NDI domain is used to determine whether the DCI is used to activate or deactivate a configured grant configuration, and the NDI domain is located before the at least one first-type domain.
当该NDI域可用于确定该DCI用于激活或去激活configured grant configuration时,可以将该NDI域和第一指示域一同放在所有第一类域之前。本申请对于NDI域和第一指示域的相对位置关系不作限定,该NDI域可以位于第一指示域之前,也可以位于第一指示域之后,NDI域和第一指示域之间可以相邻,也可以不相邻。协议可以预先定义NDI域和第一指示域在DCI中的位置,以便于终端设备基于固定的位置解析NDI域和第一指示域。When the NDI domain can be used to determine that the DCI is used to activate or deactivate the configured grant configuration, the NDI domain and the first indication domain can be placed together before all the first-type domains. This application does not limit the relative position relationship between the NDI domain and the first indication domain. The NDI domain may be located before or after the first indication domain. The NDI domain and the first indication domain may be adjacent to each other. It may not be adjacent. The protocol may predefine the positions of the NDI domain and the first indication domain in the DCI, so that the terminal device can resolve the NDI domain and the first indication domain based on the fixed location.
第三方面,提供了一种上行免动态授权传输的配置方法,该方法可以由终端设备执行,或者,也可以由配置于终端设备中的芯片执行。In a third aspect, a method for configuring uplink dynamic license-free transmission is provided. The method may be executed by a terminal device, or may be executed by a chip configured in the terminal device.
具体地,该方法包括:接收DCI,该DCI用于激活或去激活预先配置的多个configured grant configurations中的一个configured grant configuration,该DCI包括第一指示域和至少一个第一类域,该第一类域的比特数由激活或去激活的configured grant configuration确定,该第一指示域指示一个configured grant configuration的索引,该第一指示域位于该DCI的最后位置;激活或去激活该索引所对应的configured grant configuration。Specifically, the method includes: receiving DCI, the DCI being used to activate or deactivate a configured grant grant configuration among a plurality of preconfigured configured grant grant configurations, the DCI including a first indication domain and at least one first type domain, the first The number of bits of a type of domain is determined by the activated or deactivated configured grant configuration. The first indication field indicates an index of the configured grant configuration, and the first indication field is located at the last position of the DCI. The activation or deactivation corresponds to the index. Configured grant configuration.
第四方面,提供了一种上行免动态授权传输的配置方法,该方法可以由网络设备执行,或者,也可以由配置于网络设备中的芯片执行。In a fourth aspect, a method for configuring uplink dynamic license-free transmission is provided. The method may be performed by a network device, or may be performed by a chip configured in the network device.
具体地,该方法包括:生成DCI,该DCI用于激活或去激活预先配置的多个configured grant configurations中的一个configured grant configuration,该DCI包括第一指示域和至少一个第一类域,该第一类域的比特数由激活或去激活的configured grant configuration确定,该第一指示域指示一个configured grant configuration的索引,该第一指示域位于该DCI的 最后位置;发送该DCI。Specifically, the method includes generating a DCI, which is used to activate or deactivate a configured grant grant configuration among a plurality of preconfigured configured grant grant configurations. The DCI includes a first indication domain and at least one first class domain. The number of bits of a type of domain is determined by the activated or deactivated configured configuration. The first indication field indicates an index of the configured configuration. The first indication field is located at the last position of the DCI. The DCI is transmitted.
其中,该第一指示域位于DCI的最后位置,可以包括:该第一指示域占用DCI的最后一段比特中的部分或全部比特。该最后一段比特例如可以是预先定义的多个比特。如,在该DCI不包含补零(padding)比特的情况下,该第一指示域可以为该DCI的最后一个域,或者,也可以不是DCI的最后一个域,但仍位于最后一段比特内;在该DCI包含补零比特的情况下,该第一指示域可以位于所有补零比特之后。The first indication field is located at the last position of the DCI, and may include: the first indication field occupies some or all of the bits in the last segment of the DCI. The last segment of bits may be, for example, a plurality of predefined bits. For example, if the DCI does not include padding bits, the first indication field may be the last field of the DCI, or it may not be the last field of the DCI, but it is still located in the last bit. In the case that the DCI includes zero-padding bits, the first indication field may be located after all the zero-padding bits.
为了减少盲检次数,网络设备可以将发送给同一终端设备的多个DCI设计为同一长度。此时,若将第一指示域放在DCI的最后位置,就可以认为该第一指示域在DCI中的位置是固定的。In order to reduce the number of blind inspections, the network device may design multiple DCIs sent to the same terminal device to the same length. At this time, if the first indication field is placed at the last position of the DCI, the position of the first indication field in the DCI can be considered to be fixed.
基于上述技术方案,通过将第一指示域定义在DCI的最后位置,可以使得第一指示域在DCI中的位置不会受到第一类域的长度的影响。即,第一指示域在DCI中的位置可以固定不变。因此,终端设备可以基于固定的位置解析第一指示域,从而可以准确地确定激活或去激活的configured grant configuration。在激活configured grant configuration的情况下,基于其中的参数和DCI传输PUSCH;在去激活configured grant configuration的情况下,释放configured grant configuration。因此,PUSCH的免动态授权传输不会受到影响,有利于上行免动态授权传输在各个场景中的使用。Based on the above technical solution, by defining the first indication domain at the last position of the DCI, the position of the first indication domain in the DCI may not be affected by the length of the first type domain. That is, the position of the first indication field in the DCI may be fixed. Therefore, the terminal device can resolve the first indication domain based on the fixed position, so that the activated or deactivated configured grant configuration can be accurately determined. When the configured grant grant configuration is activated, the PUSCH is transmitted based on the parameters therein and the DCI; when the configured grant grant configuration is deactivated, the configured grant configuration is released. Therefore, the dynamic grant-free transmission of PUSCH is not affected, which is beneficial to the use of uplink dynamic grant-free transmission in various scenarios.
结合第三方面或第四方面,在某些可能的实现方式中,该DCI还包括新数据指示(new data indicator,NDI)域,该NDI域用于确定DCI用于激活或去激活configured grant configuration,且该第一指示域和NDI域均位于该DCI的最后位置。With reference to the third aspect or the fourth aspect, in some possible implementation manners, the DCI further includes a new data indicator (NDI) domain, and the NDI domain is used to determine whether DCI is used to activate or deactivate a configured grant grant configuration , And the first indication domain and the NDI domain are both located at the last position of the DCI.
当该NDI域可用于确定该DCI用于激活或去激活configured grant configuration时,可以将该NDI域和第一指示域一同放在DCI的最后位置。该第一指示域和NDI域均位于DCI的最后位置,可以包括:在该DCI不包含补零比特的情况下,该第一指示域和NDI域为DCI的最后两个域,或者,在该DCI包含补零比特的情况下,该第一指示域和NDI域均位于补零比特之后。为了减少盲检次数,网络设备可以将发送给同一终端设备的多个DCI设计为同一长度,此时,将第一指示域和NDI与放在DCI的最后位置,就可以认为该第一指示域和NDI域在DCI中的位置是固定的。When the NDI domain can be used to determine that the DCI is used to activate or deactivate the configured grant configuration, the NDI domain and the first indication domain can be placed at the last position of the DCI together. The first indication field and the NDI field are both located at the last position of the DCI, and may include: in a case where the DCI does not include a zero padding bit, the first indication field and the NDI field are the last two fields of the DCI, or When the DCI includes a zero-padding bit, both the first indication field and the NDI field are located after the zero-padding bit. In order to reduce the number of blind inspections, the network device may design multiple DCIs sent to the same terminal device to the same length. The position of the NDI domain in the DCI is fixed.
应理解,本申请对于NDI域和第一指示域的相对位置关系不作限定,该NDI域可以位于第一指示域之前,也可以位于第一指示域之后。协议可以预先定义NDI域和第一指示域在DCI中的位置,以便于终端设备基于固定的位置解析NDI域和第一指示域。It should be understood that the relative position relationship between the NDI domain and the first indication domain is not limited in this application, and the NDI domain may be located before the first indication domain or after the first indication domain. The protocol may predefine the positions of the NDI domain and the first indication domain in the DCI, so that the terminal device can resolve the NDI domain and the first indication domain based on the fixed location.
结合第一方面或第三方面,在某些可能的实现方式中,在该DCI用于激活configured grant configuration的情况下,该方法还包括:基于该DCI和激活的configured grant configuration发送PUSCH。With reference to the first aspect or the third aspect, in some possible implementation manners, in a case where the DCI is used to activate configured grant configuration, the method further includes: sending a PUSCH based on the DCI and the activated configured grant grant configuration.
相应地,结合第二方面或第四方面,在某些可能的实现方式中,在该DCI用于激活configured grant configuration的情况下,该方法还包括:基于该DCI和激活的configured grant configuration接收PUSCH。Correspondingly, in combination with the second aspect or the fourth aspect, in some possible implementation manners, in a case where the DCI is used to activate a configured grant, the method further includes: receiving a PUSCH based on the DCI and the activated configured grant grant .
即,终端设备和网络设备可以基于相同的传输资源和传输参数传输PUSCH。That is, the terminal device and the network device can transmit the PUSCH based on the same transmission resources and transmission parameters.
结合第一方面或第三方面,在某些可能的实现方式中,在该DCI用于去激活configured grant configuration的情况下,该方法还包括:去激活(或者说,释放)configured grant configuration。With reference to the first aspect or the third aspect, in some possible implementation manners, in a case where the DCI is used to deactivate a configured grant, the method further includes: deactivating (or, in other words, releasing) the configured grant grant configuration.
即,终端设备去激活configured grant configuration,也就可以认为终端设备不再基于该configured grant configuration发送PUSCH,网络设备也不再基于去激活的configured grant configuration接收PUSCH。That is, the terminal device deactivates the configured grant configuration, which means that the terminal device no longer sends a PUSCH based on the configured grant configuration, and the network device no longer receives the PUSCH based on the deactivated configured grant configuration.
第五方面,提供了一种数据传输的方法,该方法可以由终端设备执行,或者,也可以由配置于终端设备中的芯片执行。According to a fifth aspect, a data transmission method is provided. The method may be executed by a terminal device, or may be executed by a chip configured in the terminal device.
具体地,该方法包括:接收DCI,该DCI用于重传调度,该DCI包括第一指示域和至少一个第一类域,该第一类域的比特数由重传所使用的configured grant configuration确定,该第一指示域用于确定该configured grant configuration,该第一指示域位于该至少一个第一类域之前;根据该第一指示域所确定的configured grant configuration和该DCI重传传输块。Specifically, the method includes: receiving DCI, the DCI is used for retransmission scheduling, the DCI includes a first indication field and at least one first type field, and the number of bits of the first type field is configured by the regranting configured grant grant configuration It is determined that the first indication domain is used to determine the configured grant configuration, the first indication domain is located before the at least one first type domain; the configured grant configuration determined according to the first indication domain and the DCI retransmission transmission block.
第六方面,提供了一种数据传输的方法,该方法可以由终端设备执行,或者,也可以由配置于终端设备中的芯片执行。According to a sixth aspect, a data transmission method is provided. The method may be executed by a terminal device, or may be executed by a chip configured in the terminal device.
具体地,该方法包括:发送DCI,该DCI用于重传调度,该DCI包括第一指示域和至少一个第一类域,该第一类域的比特数由重传所使用的configured grant configuration确定,该第一指示域用于确定该configured grant configuration,该第一指示域位于该至少一个第一类域之前;根据该第一指示域所确定的configured grant configuration和该DCI接收重传的传输块。Specifically, the method includes: sending DCI, the DCI is used for retransmission scheduling, the DCI includes a first indication field and at least one first type field, and the number of bits of the first type field is configured by the configured grant for retransmission It is determined that the first indication domain is used to determine the configured grant configuration, and the first indication domain is located before the at least one first-type domain; the configured grant configuration determined according to the first indication domain and the DCI receive retransmission transmission Piece.
基于上述技术方案,通过将第一指示域定义在所有第一类域之前,可以使得第一指示域在DCI中的位置不会受到第一类域的长度的影响。即,第一指示域在DCI中的位置可以固定不变。因此,终端设备可以基于固定的位置解析第一指示域。由此,终端设备可以准确地确定重传所使用的configured grant configuration。因此,终端设备可以根据DCI和configured grant configuration中的部分参数重传传输块,从而实现数据的重传,有利于提高数据传输的整体可靠性。Based on the foregoing technical solution, by defining the first indication domain before all the first-type domains, the position of the first indication domain in the DCI may not be affected by the length of the first-type domain. That is, the position of the first indication field in the DCI may be fixed. Therefore, the terminal device can parse the first indication domain based on the fixed location. As a result, the terminal device can accurately determine the configured grant configuration used for retransmission. Therefore, the terminal device can retransmit the transmission block according to some parameters in the DCI and the configured grant configuration, so as to realize the retransmission of data and help improve the overall reliability of data transmission.
结合第五方面或第六方面,在某些可能的实现方式中,该DCI还包括新数据指示NDI域,该NDI域指示该DCI用于重传调度,且该NDI域位于该至少一个第一类域之前。With reference to the fifth aspect or the sixth aspect, in some possible implementation manners, the DCI further includes a new data indication NDI domain, the NDI domain indicates that the DCI is used for retransmission scheduling, and the NDI domain is located in the at least one first Before the class domain.
当该NDI域可用于确定该DCI用于重传调度时,可以将该NDI域和第一指示域一同放在所有第一类域之前。本申请对于NDI域和第一指示域的相对位置关系不作限定,该NDI域可以位于第一指示域之前,也可以位于第一指示域之后,NDI域和第一指示域之间可以相邻,也可以不相邻。协议可以预先定义NDI域和第一指示域在DCI中的位置,以便于终端设备基于固定的位置解析NDI域和第一指示域。When the NDI domain is available for determining that the DCI is used for retransmission scheduling, the NDI domain and the first indication domain may be placed together before all the first-type domains. This application does not limit the relative position relationship between the NDI domain and the first indication domain. The NDI domain may be located before or after the first indication domain. The NDI domain and the first indication domain may be adjacent to each other. It may not be adjacent. The protocol may predefine the positions of the NDI domain and the first indication domain in the DCI, so that the terminal device can resolve the NDI domain and the first indication domain based on the fixed location.
第七方面,提供了一种数据传输的方法,该方法可以由终端设备执行,或者,也可以由配置于终端设备中的芯片执行。According to a seventh aspect, a data transmission method is provided. The method may be executed by a terminal device, or may be executed by a chip configured in the terminal device.
具体地,该方法包括:接收DCI,该DCI用于重传调度,该DCI包括第一指示域和至少一个第一类域,该第一类域的比特数由重传所使用的configured grant configuration确定,该第一指示域用于确定该configured grant configuration,该第一指示域位于DCI的最后位置;根据该第一指示域所确定的configured grant configuration和该DCI重传传输块。Specifically, the method includes: receiving DCI, the DCI is used for retransmission scheduling, the DCI includes a first indication field and at least one first type field, and the number of bits of the first type field is configured by the regranting configured grant grant configuration It is determined that the first indication field is used to determine the configured grant configuration, and the first indication field is located at the last position of the DCI; the configured grant configuration determined according to the first indication field and the DCI retransmission transmission block.
第八方面,提供了一种数据传输的方法,该方法可以由网络设备执行,或者,也可以由配置于网络设备中的芯片执行。According to an eighth aspect, a data transmission method is provided. The method may be executed by a network device, or may be executed by a chip configured in the network device.
具体地,该方法包括:发送DCI,该DCI用于重传调度,该DCI包括第一指示域和 至少一个第一类域,该第一类域的比特数由重传所使用的configured grant configuration确定,该第一指示域用于确定该configured grant configuration,该第一指示域位于该DCI的最后位置;根据该第一指示域所确定的configured grant configuration和该DCI接收重传的传输块。Specifically, the method includes: sending DCI, the DCI is used for retransmission scheduling, the DCI includes a first indication field and at least one first type field, and the number of bits of the first type field is configured by the configured grant for retransmission It is determined that the first indication domain is used to determine the configured grant configuration, and the first indication domain is located at the last position of the DCI; the configured grant configuration determined according to the first indication domain and the DCI receive a retransmitted transmission block.
基于上述技术方案,通过将第一指示域定义在DCI的最后位置,可以使得第一指示域在DCI中的位置不会受到第一类域的长度的影响。即,第一指示域在DCI中的位置可以固定不变。因此,终端设备可以基于固定的位置解析第一指示域。由此,终端设备可以准确地确定重传所使用的configured grant configuration。因此,终端设备可以根据DCI和configured grant configuration中的部分参数重传传输块,从而实现数据的重传,有利于提高数据传输的整体可靠性。Based on the above technical solution, by defining the first indication domain at the last position of the DCI, the position of the first indication domain in the DCI may not be affected by the length of the first type domain. That is, the position of the first indication field in the DCI may be fixed. Therefore, the terminal device can parse the first indication domain based on the fixed location. As a result, the terminal device can accurately determine the configured grant configuration used for retransmission. Therefore, the terminal device can retransmit the transmission block according to some parameters in the DCI and the configured grant configuration, so as to realize the retransmission of data and help improve the overall reliability of data transmission.
结合第七方面或第八方面,在某些可能的实现方式中,该DCI还包括新数据指示NDI域,该NDI域指示该DCI用于重传调度,且该第一指示域和NDI域均位于该DCI的最后位置。With reference to the seventh aspect or the eighth aspect, in some possible implementation manners, the DCI further includes a new data indication NDI domain, the NDI domain indicates that the DCI is used for retransmission scheduling, and both the first indication domain and the NDI domain are Located at the end of the DCI.
其中,该第一指示域位于DCI的最后位置,可以包括:该第一指示域占用DCI的最后一段比特中的部分或全部比特。该最后一段比特例如可以是预先定义的多个比特。例如,在该DCI不包含补零比特的情况下,该第一指示域可以为该DCI的最后一个域,或者,也可以不是DCI的最后一个域,但仍位于最后一段比特内;在该DCI包含补零比特的情况下,该第一指示域可以位于所有补零比特之后。The first indication field is located at the last position of the DCI, and may include: the first indication field occupies some or all of the bits in the last segment of the DCI. The last segment of bits may be, for example, a plurality of predefined bits. For example, when the DCI does not include a zero-padded bit, the first indication field may be the last field of the DCI, or it may not be the last field of the DCI, but it is still located in the last bit; in the DCI In the case where the zero-padded bits are included, the first indication field may be located after all the zero-padded bits.
为了减少盲检次数,网络设备可以将发送给同一终端设备的多个DCI设计为同一长度。此时,若将第一指示域放在DCI的最后位置,就可以认为该第一指示域在DCI中的位置是固定的。In order to reduce the number of blind inspections, the network device may design multiple DCIs sent to the same terminal device to the same length. At this time, if the first indication field is placed at the last position of the DCI, the position of the first indication field in the DCI can be considered to be fixed.
结合第一方面至第八方面中任一方面,在某些可能的实现方式中,该第一指示域为HPN域。With reference to any one of the first aspect to the eighth aspect, in some possible implementation manners, the first indication domain is an HPN domain.
应理解,第一指示域可以为HPN域,也可以为DCI中新定义的域,还可以为DCI中其他的域,本申请对此不作限定。It should be understood that the first indication domain may be an HPN domain, or a newly defined domain in DCI, or other domains in DCI, which is not limited in this application.
结合第一方面至第八方面中任一方面,在某些可能的实现方式中,该DCI由配置调度(configured scheduling,CS)-无线网络临时标识(radio network temporary identity,RNTI)加扰。With reference to any one of the first aspect to the eighth aspect, in some possible implementation manners, the DCI is scrambled by a configured scheduling (CS) -radio network temporary identity (RNTI).
终端设备可以根据加扰DCI的RNTI的类型确定该DCI是否用于激活或去激活configured grant configuration或者用于重传调度。此后,终端设备可以进一步根据DCI中的NDI域等确定该DCI具体用于激活configured grant configuration,还是用于去激活configured grant configuration,或者,还是用于重传调度。The terminal device may determine whether the DCI is used to activate or deactivate the configured grant grant configuration or used for retransmission scheduling according to the type of the RNTI that scrambles the DCI. Thereafter, the terminal device may further determine whether the DCI is specifically used to activate the configured grant grant configuration, or to deactivate the configured grant grant configuration, or is used for retransmission scheduling according to the NDI domain in the DCI.
结合第一方面至第八方面中任一方面,在某些可能的实现方式中,该第一类域包括频域资源指配域和跳频标识域。With reference to any one of the first aspect to the eighth aspect, in some possible implementation manners, the first type of domain includes a frequency domain resource assignment domain and a frequency hopping identification domain.
应理解,频域资源指配域和跳频标识域可以是DCI格式(format)0_1中的两个第一类域,但不应对本申请构成任何限定。本申请并不排除在未来的协议中新定义其他格式的DCI用于激活或去激活configured grant configuration或者用于重传调度的可能。此时,该新定义的DCI格式也可能包括其他第一类域。It should be understood that the frequency domain resource assignment domain and the frequency hopping identification domain may be two first-class domains in the DCI format 0_1, but this application should not constitute any limitation. This application does not exclude the possibility of newly defining DCI in other formats to be used for activating or deactivating configured grant configuration or retransmission scheduling in future protocols. At this time, the newly defined DCI format may also include other first-type domains.
第九方面,提供了一种通信装置,包括用于执行第一方面、第三方面、第五方面或第 七方面中任一种可能实现方式中的方法的各个模块或单元。In a ninth aspect, a communication device is provided, including each module or unit for performing the method in any one of the possible implementation manners of the first aspect, the third aspect, the fifth aspect, or the seventh aspect.
第十方面,提供了一种通信装置,包括处理器。该处理器与存储器耦合,可用于执行存储器中的指令,以实现上述第一方面、第三方面、第五方面或第七方面中任一种可能实现方式中的方法。可选地,该通信装置还包括存储器。可选地,该通信装置还包括通信接口,处理器与通信接口耦合。In a tenth aspect, a communication device is provided, including a processor. The processor is coupled to the memory and can be used to execute instructions in the memory to implement the method in any one of the possible implementation manners of the first aspect, the third aspect, the fifth aspect, or the seventh aspect. Optionally, the communication device further includes a memory. Optionally, the communication device further includes a communication interface, and the processor is coupled to the communication interface.
在一种实现方式中,该通信装置为终端设备。当该通信装置为终端设备时,所述通信接口可以是收发器,或,输入/输出接口。In one implementation, the communication device is a terminal device. When the communication device is a terminal device, the communication interface may be a transceiver, or an input / output interface.
在另一种实现方式中,该通信装置为配置于终端设备中的芯片。当该通信装置为配置于终端设备中的芯片时,所述通信接口可以是输入/输出接口。In another implementation manner, the communication device is a chip configured in a terminal device. When the communication device is a chip configured in a terminal device, the communication interface may be an input / output interface.
可选地,所述收发器可以为收发电路。可选地,所述输入/输出接口可以为输入/输出电路。Optionally, the transceiver may be a transceiver circuit. Optionally, the input / output interface may be an input / output circuit.
第十一方面,提供了一种通信装置,包括用于执行第二方面、第四方面、第六方面或第八方面中任一种可能实现方式中的方法的各个模块或单元。According to an eleventh aspect, a communication device is provided, including each module or unit for performing a method in any one of the possible implementation manners of the second aspect, the fourth aspect, the sixth aspect, or the eighth aspect.
第十二方面,提供了一种通信装置,包括处理器。该处理器与存储器耦合,可用于执行存储器中的指令,以实现上述第二方面、第四方面、第六方面或第八方面中任一种可能实现方式中的方法。可选地,该通信装置还包括存储器。可选地,该通信装置还包括通信接口,处理器与通信接口耦合。According to a twelfth aspect, a communication device is provided, including a processor. The processor is coupled to the memory and can be used to execute instructions in the memory to implement the method in any one of the possible implementation manners of the second aspect, the fourth aspect, the sixth aspect, or the eighth aspect described above. Optionally, the communication device further includes a memory. Optionally, the communication device further includes a communication interface, and the processor is coupled to the communication interface.
在一种实现方式中,该通信装置为网络设备。当该通信装置为网络设备时,所述通信接口可以是收发器,或,输入/输出接口。In one implementation, the communication device is a network device. When the communication device is a network device, the communication interface may be a transceiver, or an input / output interface.
在另一种实现方式中,该通信装置为配置于网络设备中的芯片。当该通信装置为配置于网络设备中的芯片时,所述通信接口可以是输入/输出接口。In another implementation manner, the communication device is a chip configured in a network device. When the communication device is a chip configured in a network device, the communication interface may be an input / output interface.
可选地,所述收发器可以为收发电路。可选地,所述输入/输出接口可以为输入/输出电路。Optionally, the transceiver may be a transceiver circuit. Optionally, the input / output interface may be an input / output circuit.
第十三方面,提供了一种处理器,包括:输入电路、输出电路和处理电路。所述处理电路用于通过所述输入电路接收信号,并通过所述输出电路发射信号,使得所述处理器执行第一方面至第八方面以及第一方面至第八方面任一种可能实现方式中的方法。In a thirteenth aspect, a processor is provided, including: an input circuit, an output circuit, and a processing circuit. The processing circuit is configured to receive a signal through the input circuit and transmit a signal through the output circuit, so that the processor executes any one of the first aspect to the eighth aspect and any possible implementation manner of the first aspect to the eighth aspect. Method.
在具体实现过程中,上述处理器可以为芯片,输入电路可以为输入管脚,输出电路可以为输出管脚,处理电路可以为晶体管、门电路、触发器和各种逻辑电路等。输入电路所接收的输入的信号可以是由例如但不限于接收器接收并输入的,输出电路所输出的信号可以是例如但不限于输出给发射器并由发射器发射的,且输入电路和输出电路可以是同一电路,该电路在不同的时刻分别用作输入电路和输出电路。本申请实施例对处理器及各种电路的具体实现方式不做限定。In a specific implementation process, the processor may be a chip, the input circuit may be an input pin, the output circuit may be an output pin, and the processing circuit may be a transistor, a gate circuit, a flip-flop, and various logic circuits. An input signal received by the input circuit may be received and input by, for example, but not limited to, a receiver, and a signal output by the output circuit may be, for example, but not limited to, output to and transmitted by a transmitter, and the input circuit and output The circuits may be the same circuit, which are used as input circuits and output circuits respectively at different times. The embodiments of the present application do not limit specific implementations of the processor and various circuits.
第十四方面,提供了一种处理装置,包括处理器和存储器。该处理器用于读取存储器中存储的指令,并可通过接收器接收信号,通过发射器发射信号,以执行第一方面至第八方面以及第一方面至第八方面任一种可能实现方式中的方法。In a fourteenth aspect, a processing device is provided, including a processor and a memory. The processor is used to read instructions stored in the memory, and can receive signals through a receiver and transmit signals through a transmitter to execute the first aspect to the eighth aspect and any possible implementation manner of the first aspect to the eighth aspect. Methods.
可选地,所述处理器为一个或多个,所述存储器为一个或多个。Optionally, there are one or more processors, and one or more memories.
可选地,所述存储器可以与所述处理器集成在一起,或者所述存储器与处理器分离设置。Optionally, the memory may be integrated with the processor, or the memory is separately provided from the processor.
在具体实现过程中,存储器可以为非瞬时性(non-transitory)存储器,例如只读存储 器(read only memory,ROM),其可以与处理器集成在同一块芯片上,也可以分别设置在不同的芯片上,本申请实施例对存储器的类型以及存储器与处理器的设置方式不做限定。In the specific implementation process, the memory may be a non-transitory memory, such as a read-only memory (ROM), which may be integrated on the same chip as the processor, or may be separately set in different On the chip, the embodiment of the present application does not limit the type of the memory and the way of setting the memory and the processor.
应理解,相关的数据交互过程例如发送指示信息可以为从处理器输出指示信息的过程,接收能力信息可以为处理器接收输入能力信息的过程。具体地,处理输出的数据可以输出给发射器,处理器接收的输入数据可以来自接收器。其中,发射器和接收器可以统称为收发器。It should be understood that the related data interaction process, for example, sending instruction information may be a process of outputting instruction information from a processor, and receiving capability information may be a process of receiving input capability information by a processor. Specifically, the processed output data can be output to the transmitter, and the input data received by the processor can come from the receiver. Among them, the transmitter and the receiver may be collectively referred to as a transceiver.
上述第十四方面中的处理装置可以是一个芯片,该处理器可以通过硬件来实现也可以通过软件来实现,当通过硬件实现时,该处理器可以是逻辑电路、集成电路等;当通过软件来实现时,该处理器可以是一个通用处理器,通过读取存储器中存储的软件代码来实现,该存储器可以集成在处理器中,可以位于该处理器之外,独立存在。The processing device in the fourteenth aspect may be a chip, and the processor may be implemented by hardware or software. When implemented by hardware, the processor may be a logic circuit, an integrated circuit, or the like. When implemented, the processor may be a general-purpose processor, which is implemented by reading software codes stored in a memory. The memory may be integrated in the processor, may be located outside the processor, and exist independently.
第十五方面,提供了一种计算机程序产品,所述计算机程序产品包括:计算机程序(也可以称为代码,或指令),当所述计算机程序被运行时,使得计算机执行上述第一方面至第八方面以及第一方面至第八方面中任一种可能实现方式中的方法。According to a fifteenth aspect, a computer program product is provided. The computer program product includes a computer program (also referred to as code or instructions), and when the computer program is executed, causes a computer to execute the first aspect to The eighth aspect and the method in any one of the possible implementation manners of the first to eighth aspects.
第十六方面,提供了一种计算机可读介质,所述计算机可读介质存储有计算机程序(也可以称为代码,或指令)当其在计算机上运行时,使得计算机执行上述第一方面至第八方面以及第一方面至第八方面中任一种可能实现方式中的方法。According to a sixteenth aspect, a computer-readable medium is provided, where the computer-readable medium stores a computer program (also referred to as code, or instructions) that when executed on a computer, causes the computer to execute the first aspect to The eighth aspect and the method in any one of the possible implementation manners of the first to eighth aspects.
第十七方面,提供了一种通信系统,包括前述的网络设备和终端设备。In a seventeenth aspect, a communication system is provided, including the foregoing network device and terminal device.
附图说明BRIEF DESCRIPTION OF THE DRAWINGS
图1是是适用于本申请实施例提供的方法的通信系统的示意图;FIG. 1 is a schematic diagram of a communication system applicable to a method provided by an embodiment of the present application; FIG.
图2是本申请一实施例提供的上行免动态授权传输的配置方法的示意性流程图;2 is a schematic flowchart of a method for configuring uplink dynamic exemption authorization transmission according to an embodiment of the present application;
图3示出了DCI中各个域排布顺序的一例;FIG. 3 shows an example of the arrangement order of each domain in DCI;
图4示出了将第一指示域移动至所有第一类域之前的一例;FIG. 4 shows an example before moving the first indication domain to all domains of the first type;
图5示出了将第一指示域和NDI域都移动到所有第一类域之前的一例;FIG. 5 shows an example before moving both the first indication domain and the NDI domain to all the first-type domains;
图6示出了将第一指示域移动到所有补零比特之后的一例;FIG. 6 shows an example after moving the first indication field to all zero-padded bits;
图7示出了将第一指示域移动到DCI的最后位置的一例;FIG. 7 shows an example of moving the first indication field to the last position of the DCI;
图8示出了将HPN域和NDI域都移动到所有补零比特之后的一例;FIG. 8 shows an example after moving both the HPN field and the NDI field to all zero-padded bits;
图9示出了将HPN域和NDI域都移动到DCI的最后位置的一例;FIG. 9 shows an example of moving both the HPN domain and the NDI domain to the last position of the DCI;
图10是NR中定义的DCI format 0_1中各个域排布顺序的示意图;FIG. 10 is a schematic diagram of an arrangement order of domains in DCI format 0_1 defined in NR;
图11至图14示出了移动HPN域和NDI域后得到的DCI format 0_1中各个域排布顺序的示意图;FIG. 11 to FIG. 14 are schematic diagrams showing the arrangement order of each domain in the DCI format 0_1 obtained after moving the HPN domain and the NDI domain;
图15是本申请另一实施例提供的数据传输的方法的示意性流程图;15 is a schematic flowchart of a data transmission method according to another embodiment of the present application;
图16是本申请实施例提供的通信装置的示意性框图;16 is a schematic block diagram of a communication device according to an embodiment of the present application;
图17是本申请实施例提供的终端设备的结构示意图;17 is a schematic structural diagram of a terminal device according to an embodiment of the present application;
图18是本申请实施例提供的网络设备的结构示意图。FIG. 18 is a schematic structural diagram of a network device according to an embodiment of the present application.
具体实施方式detailed description
下面将结合附图,对本申请中的技术方案进行描述。The technical solutions in this application will be described below with reference to the drawings.
本申请实施例的技术方案可以应用于各种通信系统,例如:全球移动通信(global system for mobile communications,GSM)系统、码分多址(code division multiple access,CDMA)系统、宽带码分多址(wideband code division multiple access,WCDMA)系统、通用分组无线业务(general packet radio service,GPRS)、长期演进(long term evolution,LTE)系统、LTE频分双工(frequency division duplex,FDD)系统、LTE时分双工(time division duplex,TDD)、通用移动通信系统(universal mobile telecommunication system,UMTS)、全球互联微波接入(worldwide interoperability for microwave access,WiMAX)通信系统、未来的第五代(5th generation,5G)系统或新无线(new radio,NR)等。The technical solutions of the embodiments of the present application can be applied to various communication systems, for example: a global mobile communication (GSM) system, a code division multiple access (CDMA) system, and a broadband code division multiple access (wideband code division multiple access (WCDMA) system, general packet radio service (GPRS), long term evolution (LTE) system, LTE frequency division duplex (FDD) system, LTE Time Division Duplex (TDD), Universal Mobile Telecommunications System (UMTS), Global Interoperability for Microwave Access (WiMAX) communication system, 5th generation in the future, 5G) system or new radio (NR).
为便于理解本申请实施例,首先结合图1详细说明适用于本申请实施例提供的方法的通信系统。图1示出了适用于本申请实施例提供的方法的通信系统100的示意图。如图所示,该通信系统100可以包括至少一个网络设备,如图1中所示的5G系统中的基站(gNB);该通信系统100还可以包括至少一个终端设备,如图1中所示的用户设备(user equipment,UE)1至UE 6。网络设备与各终端设备之间可以通过无线链路通信。例如,网络设备可以向终端设备发送配置信息,终端设备可以基于该配置信息向网络设备发送上行数据;又例如,网络设备可以向终端设备发送下行数据。因此,图1中的gNB和UE 1至UE 6可以构成一个通信系统。To facilitate understanding of the embodiments of the present application, a communication system applicable to the method provided by the embodiments of the present application will be described in detail with reference to FIG. 1. FIG. 1 shows a schematic diagram of a communication system 100 applicable to the method provided by an embodiment of the present application. As shown, the communication system 100 may include at least one network device, such as a base station (gNB) in a 5G system shown in FIG. 1; the communication system 100 may further include at least one terminal device, as shown in FIG. 1 User equipment (UE) 1 to UE 6. The network equipment and each terminal equipment can communicate through a wireless link. For example, the network device may send configuration information to the terminal device, and the terminal device may send uplink data to the network device based on the configuration information; for another example, the network device may send downlink data to the terminal device. Therefore, the gNB and UE1 to UE6 in FIG. 1 may constitute a communication system.
该通信系统100中的终端设备,如,UE4至UE6,也可以构成一个通信系统。例如,UE4可以控制UE5和UE6执行相应的指令。本申请对此不作限定。Terminal devices in the communication system 100, such as UE4 to UE6, may also constitute a communication system. For example, UE4 may control UE5 and UE6 to execute corresponding instructions. This application does not limit this.
应理解,该通信系统中的网络设备可以是任意一种具有无线收发功能的设备。该网络设备包括但不限于:演进型节点B(evolved Node B,eNB)、无线网络控制器(radio network controller,RNC)、节点B(Node B,NB)、基站控制器(base station controller,BSC)、基站收发台(base transceiver station,BTS)、家庭基站(例如,home evolved NodeB,或home Node B,HNB)、基带单元(baseband Unit,BBU),无线保真(wireless fidelity,WiFi)系统中的接入点(access point,AP)、无线中继节点、无线回传节点、传输点(transmission point,TP)或者发送接收点(transmission and reception point,TRP)等,还可以为5G,如,NR,系统中的gNB,或,传输点(TRP或TP),5G系统中的基站的一个或一组(包括多个天线面板)天线面板,或者,还可以为构成gNB或传输点的网络节点,如基带单元(BBU),或,分布式单元(distributed unit,DU)等。It should be understood that the network device in the communication system may be any device having a wireless transceiver function. The network equipment includes but is not limited to: evolved Node B (eNB), radio network controller (RNC), node B (NB), base station controller (BSC) ), Base transceiver station (BTS), home base station (e.g., home NodeB, or home NodeB, HNB), baseband unit (BBU), wireless fidelity (WiFi) system Access point (AP), wireless relay node, wireless backhaul node, transmission point (TP) or transmission and reception point (TRP), etc., can also be 5G, such as, NR, gNB in the system, or transmission point (TRP or TP), one or a group of base stations (including multiple antenna panels) in the 5G system, or an antenna panel, or a network node constituting a gNB or a transmission point , Such as a baseband unit (BBU), or a distributed unit (DU).
在一些部署中,gNB可以包括集中式单元(centralized unit,CU)和DU。gNB还可以包括射频单元(radio unit,RU)。CU实现gNB的部分功能,DU实现gNB的部分功能,比如,CU实现无线资源控制(radio resource control,RRC),分组数据汇聚层协议(packet data convergence protocol,PDCP)层的功能,DU实现无线链路控制(radio link control,RLC)、媒体接入控制(media access control,MAC)和物理(physical,PHY)层的功能。由于RRC层的信息最终会变成PHY层的信息,或者,由PHY层的信息转变而来,因而,在这种架构下,高层信令,如RRC层信令,也可以认为是由DU发送的,或者,由DU+CU发送的。可以理解的是,网络设备可以为CU节点、或DU节点、或包括CU节点和DU节点的设备。此外,CU可以划分为接入网(radio access network,RAN)中的网络设备,也可以将CU划分为核心网(core network,CN)中的网络设备,本申请对此不做限定。In some deployments, the gNB may include a centralized unit (CU) and a DU. The gNB may also include a radio frequency unit (radio unit, RU). CU implements some functions of gNB, DU implements some functions of gNB, for example, CU implements radio resource control (RRC), packet data convergence layer protocol (PDCP) layer functions, and DU implements wireless chain Functions of radio control (RLC), media access control (MAC) and physical (PHY) layers. Because the information of the RRC layer will eventually become the information of the PHY layer, or transformed from the information of the PHY layer, under this architecture, higher-level signaling, such as RRC layer signaling, can also be considered to be sent by the DU. , Or, sent by DU + CU. It can be understood that the network device may be a CU node, or a DU node, or a device including a CU node and a DU node. In addition, the CU can be divided into network equipment in an access network (RAN), or the CU can be divided into network equipment in a core network (CN), which is not limited in this application.
还应理解,该无线通信系统中的终端设备也可以称为用户设备(user equipment,UE)、接入终端、用户单元、用户站、移动站、移动台、远方站、远程终端、移动设备、用户终端、终端、无线通信设备、用户代理或用户装置。本申请的实施例中的终端设备可以是手机(mobile phone)、平板电脑(pad)、带无线收发功能的电脑、虚拟现实(virtual reality,VR)终端设备、增强现实(augmented reality,AR)终端设备、工业控制(industrial control)中的无线终端、无人驾驶(self driving)中的无线终端、远程医疗(remote medical)中的无线终端、智能电网(smart grid)中的无线终端、运输安全(transportation safety)中的无线终端、智慧城市(smart city)中的无线终端、智慧家庭(smart home)中的无线终端等等。本申请的实施例对应用场景不做限定。It should also be understood that the terminal equipment in the wireless communication system may also be referred to as user equipment (UE), access terminal, user unit, user station, mobile station, mobile station, remote station, remote terminal, mobile device, User terminal, terminal, wireless communication device, user agent or user device. The terminal device in the embodiments of the present application may be a mobile phone, a tablet, a computer with a wireless transmitting and receiving function, a virtual reality (VR) terminal device, or an augmented reality (AR) terminal. Equipment, wireless terminals in industrial control, wireless terminals in self driving, wireless terminals in remote medical, wireless terminals in smart grid, transportation security ( wireless terminals in transportation, wireless terminals in smart cities, wireless terminals in smart homes, and so on. The embodiment of the present application does not limit the application scenario.
还应理解,图1仅为便于理解而示例的简化示意图,该通信系统100中还可以包括其他网络设备或者还可以包括其他终端设备,图1中未予以画出。It should also be understood that FIG. 1 is only a simplified schematic diagram for ease of understanding. The communication system 100 may further include other network devices or other terminal devices, which are not shown in FIG. 1.
为便于理解本申请实施例,首先对下文中涉及的几个概念做简单说明。In order to facilitate understanding of the embodiments of the present application, a few concepts involved in the following are briefly explained first.
1、DCI格式(format)0_1:可用于激活或去激活第二类配置的授权配置(configured grant configuration),以使得终端设备进行免动态授权的PUSCH传输,也可用于重传调度。该DCI format 0_1中可以包含DCI格式指示(identifier for DCI formats)域、载波指示(carrier indicator)域、带宽部分指示域(bandwidth part indicator,BWP indicator)、频域资源指配域(frequency domain resource assignment)、时域资源指配域(time domain resource assignment)、跳频标识(frequency hopping flag)、调制编码方案(modulation and coding scheme,MCS)、新数据指示(new data indicator,NDI)域、冗余版本(redundancy version,RV)域、混合自动重传请求(hybrid automatic repeat request,HARQ)进程(process)号(HARQ process number,HPN)域等等,为了简洁,这里不一一列举。1. DCI format 0_1: can be used to activate or deactivate the authorized configuration of the second type of configuration (configured grant configuration), so that the terminal device can perform PUSCH transmission without dynamic authorization, and can also be used for retransmission scheduling. The DCI format 0_1 may include a DCI format indicator (DCI format) domain, a carrier indicator (carrier) indicator, a bandwidth part indicator (BWP) indicator, and a frequency domain resource assignment domain (frequency resource domain). ), Time domain resource assignment domain (time domain resource assignment), frequency hopping flag (frequency hopping flag), modulation and coding scheme (modulation and coding scheme (MCS)), new data indicator (NDI) domain, redundancy The version (redundancy version) field, the hybrid automatic repeat request (HARQ) process number (HARQ process number, HPN) field, etc. are not listed here for brevity.
应理解,上文列举的DCI format 0_1中包含的域仅为示例,DCI format 0_1中的具体内容及格式可参考NR协议(例如,第三代合作伙伴计划(3 rd generation partnership project,3GPP)TS 38.212)中的定义。当然,本申请也并不排除在未来的协议中对DCI format 0_1做出改动的可能。 It should be understood, the above-mentioned fields included in DCI format 0_1 merely exemplary, DCI format 0_1 the specific format and content reference NR protocol (e.g., Third Generation Partnership Project (3 rd generation partnership project, 3GPP ) TS 38.212). Of course, this application does not exclude the possibility of making changes to DCI format 0_1 in future agreements.
2、新数据指示(NDI)域:通常情况下,NDI域可用于指示此次DCI调度的资源是用于初传或重传。在本申请实施例中,该DCI可以用于激活或去激活第二类配置的授权配置,以使终端设备进行免动态授权的PUSCH传输,也可以用于重传调度。该NDI域可用于确定该DCI是用于激活或去激活第二类configured grant configuration,还是用于重传调度。2. New data indication (NDI) domain: In general, the NDI domain can be used to indicate that the resources scheduled by the DCI this time are used for initial transmission or retransmission. In the embodiment of the present application, the DCI can be used to activate or deactivate the authorization configuration of the second type configuration, so that the terminal device can perform PUSCH transmission without dynamic authorization, and can also be used for retransmission scheduling. The NDI domain can be used to determine whether the DCI is used for activating or deactivating the second type of configured grant configuration or for retransmission scheduling.
具体地,该NDI域可以包括1个指示比特。当该指示比特为“1”时,可认为该DCI用于重传调度;当该指示比特为“0”时,可进一步结合该DCI中其他域确定该DCI是否用于激活或去激活第二类configured grant configuration。例如,当HPN域中的最高有效位(most significant bit,MSB)为0且RV域全为0时,或者,当HPN域全为0且RV域全为0时,该DCI用于激活第二类配置的授权配置;当HPN域的MSB为0、RV域全为0且MCS域全为1、频域资源指配域全为1时,或者,当HPN域全为0、RV域全为0且MCS域全为1、频域资源指配域全为1时,该DCI用于去激活第二类配置的授权配置。Specifically, the NDI field may include 1 indication bit. When the indication bit is "1", the DCI can be considered for retransmission scheduling; when the indication bit is "0", it can be further combined with other fields in the DCI to determine whether the DCI is used to activate or deactivate the second Class configured grant configuration. For example, when the most significant bit (MSB) in the HPN domain is 0 and the RV domain is all 0s, or when the HPN domain is all 0s and the RV domains are all 0s, the DCI is used to activate the second Authorization configuration of class configuration; when the MSB of the HPN domain is 0, the RV domain is all 0, the MCS domain is all 1, and the frequency domain resource assignment domain is all 1, or when the HPN domain is all 0 and the RV domain is all When the MCS domain is all 0 and the frequency domain resource assignment domain is all 1, the DCI is used to deactivate the authorization configuration of the second type configuration.
协议可以预先定义如何根据DCI中的各个域确定该DCI是用于激活或去激活第二类configured grant configuration还是用于重传调度。The protocol can pre-define how to determine whether the DCI is used to activate or deactivate the second-type configured grant configuration or retransmission scheduling according to each domain in the DCI.
3、HARQ进程号(HPN)域:通常情况下,HPN域可用于指示重传的传输块的HARQ进程号。在本申请实施例中,该DCI可用于激活或去激活configured grant configuration,也可以用于重传调度。当NDI域中的指示比特为“1”时,可表示该DCI用于重传调度,该HPN域用于指示重传的传输块的HARQ进程号。3. HARQ process number (HPN) field: Generally, the HPN field can be used to indicate the HARQ process number of the retransmitted transport block. In the embodiment of the present application, the DCI may be used to activate or deactivate a configured grant configuration, and may also be used for retransmission scheduling. When the indication bit in the NDI field is "1", it may indicate that the DCI is used for retransmission scheduling, and the HPN field is used to indicate the HARQ process number of the retransmitted transport block.
如前所述,当NDI域中的指示比特为“0”时,终端设备可以进一步结合DCI中的其他域确定该DCI域是用于激活还是去激活configured grant configuration。当HPN域中仅MSB用于确定该DCI是用于激活还是去激活配置的授权配置时,该HPN域的其他3个比特位还可用于确定该DCI所激活或去激活的configured grant configuration的索引(index)。As described above, when the indication bit in the NDI domain is "0", the terminal device may further determine whether the DCI domain is used to activate or deactivate the configured grant configuration in conjunction with other domains in the DCI. When only the MSB in the HPN domain is used to determine whether the DCI is used to activate or deactivate the configured authorization configuration, the other 3 bits in the HPN domain can also be used to determine the index of the configured grant grant configuration that is activated or deactivated by the DCI (index).
4、免动态授权传输:终端设备的上行传输不需要通过网络设备的调度完成。具体地,当上行数据到达时,终端设备不需要向网络设备发送调度请求(scheduling request,SR)并等待网络设备的动态授权(dynamic grant),而是可以直接使用网络设备预先分配的传输资源和指定的传输参数向网络设备发送上行数据。4. Dynamic authorization-free transmission: The uplink transmission of the terminal equipment does not need to be completed through the scheduling of the network equipment. Specifically, when the uplink data arrives, the terminal device does not need to send a scheduling request (SR) to the network device and waits for a dynamic grant of the network device. Instead, it can directly use the transmission resources and The specified transmission parameters send uplink data to the network device.
在NR中,上行免动态授权传输可以分为两类。即,基于第一类配置授权的PUSCH传输(Type 1PUSCH transmission with a configured grant,或Type 1configured grant configuration,或Type 1configured grant PUSCH transmission)和基于第二类配置授权的PUSCH传输(Type 2PUSCH transmission with a configured grant,或Type 2configured grant configuration,或Type 2configured grant PUSCH transmission)。In NR, uplink dynamic grant-free transmission can be divided into two categories. That is, PUSCH transmission based on the first type of configuration authorization (Type1PUSCH transmission with a configured or grant, or Type1configured grant configuration, or Type1configured grant, PUSCH transmission) and PUSCH transmission based on the second type configuration authorization (Type2PUSCH transmission withwith a configured) grant, or Type 2configured grant configuration, or Type 2configured grant PUSCH transmission).
网络设备可以通过高层信令,如携带在无线资源控制(radio resource control,RRC)消息中的配置的授权配置控制元素(ConfiguredGrantConfig information element,ConfiguredGrantConfig IE),配置configured grant configuration。终端设备可以根据ConfiguredGrantConfig IE中所配置的参数确定该ConfiguredGrantConfig IE所配置的configured grant configuration是第一类configured grant configuration还是第二类configured grant configuration。The network device may configure configured grant grant configuration through high-level signaling, such as the configured authorized configuration control element (ConfiguredGrantConfiginformation element, ConfiguredGrantConfigIE) carried in a radio resource control (RRC) message. The terminal device may determine whether the configured grant configuration configured by the ConfiguredGrantConfigIE is the first type configured or the second type configured according to the parameters configured in the ConfiguredGrantConfigIE.
下面详细说明这两类上行免动态授权传输。The two types of uplink-free dynamic authorization transmission are described in detail below.
在基于第一类配置授权的PUSCH传输中,该configured grant configuration中配置的参数例如可以包括时频资源的周期、开环功控相关参数、波形、冗余版本序列、重复次数、跳频模式、资源分配类型、HARQ进程数、解调参考信号(demodulation reference signal,DMRS)相关参数、调制编码方案(modulation coding scheme,MCS)表格、资源块组(resource block group,RBG)大小、时域资源、频域资源、MCS等在内的全部传输资源和传输参数。终端设备在接收到该高层参数后,可以直接使用所配置的传输参数在所配置的时频资源上传输PUSCH。因此,这种传输方案也可以称为全RRC配置的上行授权(fully RRC-configured UL grant)。In PUSCH transmission based on the first type of configuration authorization, the parameters configured in the configured grant configuration may include, for example, the period of time-frequency resources, open-loop power control related parameters, waveforms, redundant version sequences, repetition times, frequency hopping modes, Resource allocation type, number of HARQ processes, demodulation reference signal (DMRS) related parameters, modulation coding scheme (MCS) table, resource block group (RBG) size, time domain resources, All transmission resources and transmission parameters including frequency domain resources, MCS, etc. After receiving the high-level parameters, the terminal device may directly use the configured transmission parameters to transmit the PUSCH on the configured time-frequency resources. Therefore, this transmission scheme can also be called fully RRC-configured UL grant.
在基于第二类配置授权的PUSCH传输中,该configured grant configuration中配置的参数例如可以包括时频资源的周期、开环功控相关参数、波形、冗余版本序列、重复次数、跳频模式、资源分配类型、HARQ进程数、DMRS相关参数、MCS表格、RBG组大小等在内的传输资源和传输参数。在一具体示例中,configured grant configuration中所配置的参数具体可以参考,例如,NR协议3GPP TS 38.331中的具体规定。此后,网络设备可以通过DCI激活一个configured grant configuration以进行PUSCH传输。该DCI可携带所激活的configured grant configuration的索引。该DCI还可以进一步配置时域资源、频域资源、 DMRS的端口号、MCS等在内的其他传输资源和传输参数。因此,终端设备在接收到上述configured grant configuration后,并不能立即进行PUSCH传输,而需要在接收到DCI之后,才能够确定所激活的configured grant configuration,并结合DCI中所指示的传输资源和传输参数,基于所配置的传输参数在所配置的时频资源上传输PUSCH。In PUSCH transmission based on the second type of configuration authorization, the parameters configured in the configured grant configuration may include, for example, the period of time-frequency resources, open-loop power control related parameters, waveforms, redundant version sequences, repetition times, frequency hopping modes, Transmission resources and transmission parameters including resource allocation type, number of HARQ processes, DMRS related parameters, MCS table, RBG group size, etc. In a specific example, the parameters configured in configured grant configuration can be specifically referred to, for example, specific provisions in the NR protocol 3GPP TS 38.331. Thereafter, the network device can activate a configured grant configuration via DCI for PUSCH transmission. The DCI can carry an index of the configured configured grant. The DCI may further configure other transmission resources and transmission parameters including time domain resources, frequency domain resources, DMRS port numbers, MCS, and the like. Therefore, after receiving the configured grant configuration described above, the terminal device cannot immediately perform PUSCH transmission. After receiving the DCI, it can determine the activated configured grant configuration and combine the transmission resources and transmission parameters indicated in the DCI. , Transmitting the PUSCH on the configured time-frequency resource based on the configured transmission parameters.
换句话说,终端设备激活某一个configured grant configuration,也就是使得这个configured grant configuration中的参数有效。终端设备可以结合该configured grant configuration中的参数和激活该configured grant configuration的DCI中的参数,确定用于传输PUSCH的传输资源和传输参数,从而可以进行PUSCH传输。因此,当DCI激活一个configured grant configuration时,可以认为该DCI用于激活基于该configured grant configuration的免动态授权传输。In other words, the terminal device activates a configured grant configuration, which means that the parameters in this configured grant configuration are valid. The terminal device may combine the parameters in the configured grant configuration and the parameters in the DCI that activates the configured grant configuration to determine transmission resources and transmission parameters for transmitting the PUSCH, so that PUSCH transmission can be performed. Therefore, when DCI activates a configured grant configuration, it can be considered that the DCI is used to activate a dynamic authorization-free transmission based on the configured grant configuration.
此外,网络设备也可以通过DCI去激活configured grant configuration。具体地,该DCI中可携带去激活的configured grant configuration的索引。终端设备可以根据该索引确定去激活的configured grant configuration。In addition, network devices can also use DCI to deactivate the configured grant. Specifically, the DCI may carry a deactivated configured grant grant configuration index. The terminal device can determine the deactivated configured grant configuration based on the index.
换句话说,终端设备去激活某一个configured grant configuration,也就是使得这个configured grant configuration中的参数失效。同时终端设备可以去激活(或者说,释放)该configured grant configuration。因此,当DCI去激活一个configured grant configuration时,可以认为该DCI用于去激活基于该configured grant configuration的免动态授权传输。In other words, the terminal device deactivates a configured grant configuration, which means that the parameters in the configured grant configuration are invalidated. At the same time, the terminal device can deactivate (or release) the configured grant configuration. Therefore, when DCI deactivates a configured grant configuration, it can be considered that the DCI is used to deactivate the dynamic authorization-free transmission based on the configured grant configuration.
下文中为方便说明,在未作出特别说明的情况下,将上文所述的第二类configured grant configuration均简称为configured grant configuration。For the convenience of description below, the second type of configured grant grant configuration mentioned above is referred to simply as “configured grant configuration” without special instructions.
在本申请实施例中,用于激活configured grant configuration的DCI可以是由特定类型的RNTI加扰的DCI。当终端设备接收到DCI时,可以根据加扰DCI的RNTI的类型确定该DCI是否为用于激活或去激活configured grant configuration的DCI,或者说,是否用于激活免动态授权传输。其中,该特定类型的RNTI例如可以是CS-RNTI,或,其他免动态授权传输的RNTI,或,高层配置的传输专用的RNTI。本申请对此不作限定。In the embodiment of the present application, the DCI used to activate the configured grant may be a DCI scrambled by a specific type of RNTI. When the terminal device receives the DCI, it can determine whether the DCI is a DCI configured to activate or deactivate a configured grant based on the type of the RNTI that scrambles the DCI, or whether it is used to activate dynamic authorization-free transmission. The specific type of RNTI may be, for example, a CS-RNTI, or another RNTI that is exempt from dynamic authorization transmission, or a RNTI dedicated for transmission configured by a higher layer. This application does not limit this.
需要说明的是,网络设备可以通过某一RNTI加扰DCI,具体可以是指,网络设备通过某一RNTI对该DCI中的循环冗余校验(cyclic redundancy check,CRC)比特加扰。若终端设备基于某一RNTI解扰CRC成功,便可以获取该DCI中的信息;若终端设备基于某一RNTI解扰CRC失败,则说明该DCI不是基于该RNTI加扰的,或者,该DCI不是发送给此终端设备的。It should be noted that the network device may scramble the DCI through a certain RNTI, which specifically may mean that the network device scrambles a cyclic redundancy check (CRC) bit in the DCI through a certain RNTI. If the terminal device successfully descrambles the CRC based on an RNTI, the information in the DCI can be obtained; if the terminal device fails to descramble the CRC based on an RNTI, it indicates that the DCI is not scrambled based on the RNTI, or the DCI is not Sent to this terminal device.
5、HARQ进程号:HARQ使用停等协议(stop-and-wait protocol)来发送数据。以上行传输为例,终端设备发送一个传输块(transport block,TB)后,就停下来等待确认信息。网络设备可以使用1比特的信息对该传输块进行肯定(acknowledgement,ACK)或否定(negative acknowledgement,NACK)的确认。但是每次传输后终端设备就停下来等待确认,会导致吞吐量很低。因此终端设备可以使用多个并行的HARQ进程。当一个HARQ进程在等待确认信息时,终端设备可以使用另一个HARQ进程来继续发送数据。5. HARQ process number: HARQ uses a stop-and-wait protocol to send data. The above line transmission is taken as an example. After the terminal device sends a transport block (TB), it stops and waits for confirmation information. The network device can use 1-bit information to confirm (acknowledgement, ACK) or negative (negative acknowledgement, NACK) the transport block. However, the terminal device stops and waits for confirmation after each transmission, which will result in very low throughput. Therefore, the terminal device can use multiple parallel HARQ processes. When one HARQ process is waiting for confirmation information, the terminal device can continue to send data using another HARQ process.
HARQ进程号也称为HARQ进程标识(identifier,ID)。一个HARQ进程号可用于唯一地指定一个HARQ进程。终端设备在对传输块进行了信道编码之后,可以将信道编码得到的数据寄存在缓存(buffer)中等待发送。缓存中的传输块与HARQ进程可以具有一一对应关系,每个传输块可以对应一个HARQ进程。传输块与HARQ进程的对应关系 可以通过传输块与HARQ进程号的对应关系来体现。因此,终端设备可以预先确定传输块与HARQ进程号的对应关系。The HARQ process number is also called a HARQ process identifier (ID). A HARQ process number can be used to uniquely specify a HARQ process. After the terminal device performs channel coding on the transmission block, the data obtained by the channel coding may be registered in a buffer and waited for transmission. There can be a one-to-one correspondence between the transport blocks in the cache and the HARQ process, and each transport block can correspond to one HARQ process. The correspondence between the transport block and the HARQ process can be reflected by the correspondence between the transport block and the HARQ process number. Therefore, the terminal device can determine the correspondence between the transport block and the HARQ process number in advance.
由于网络设备在DCI中携带HARQ进程号,因此HARQ进程号与DCI中所指示的时频资源具有对应关系。也就是说,当基于该DCI中所指示的时频资源传输传输块时,该传输块对应的HARQ进程号即为该DCI中携带的HARQ进程号。因此,网络设备和终端设备均可以确定时频资源与HARQ进程号的对应关系。Because the network device carries the HARQ process number in the DCI, the HARQ process number has a corresponding relationship with the time-frequency resource indicated in the DCI. That is, when a transmission block is transmitted based on the time-frequency resource indicated in the DCI, the HARQ process number corresponding to the transmission block is the HARQ process number carried in the DCI. Therefore, both the network device and the terminal device can determine the correspondence between the time-frequency resource and the HARQ process number.
当网络设备在某一时频资源上接收到的数据未能给成功解码,或者在某一时频资源上未接收到数据,则可将该时频资源所对应的HARQ进程号通过DCI通知终端设备。终端设备可以根据HARQ进程号与传输块的对应关系,确定需要重传的传输块。When the data received by a network device on a certain time-frequency resource fails to be successfully decoded, or no data is received on a certain time-frequency resource, the HARQ process number corresponding to the time-frequency resource may be notified to the terminal device through DCI. The terminal device can determine the transmission block that needs to be retransmitted according to the correspondence between the HARQ process number and the transmission block.
在本申请实施例中,网络设备可以为终端设备进行重传调度。具体地,网络设备可以通过configured grant configuration为终端设备配置用于重传的参数,该参数例如可以包括波形、资源分配类型、跳频模式、DMRS相关参数、MCS表格以及RBG大小中的一项或多项。由于网络设备可以为终端设备配置多个configured grant configurations,该多个configured grant configurations可以与HARQ进程号具有对应关系,以便于终端设备基于DCI中指示的HARQ进程号确定重传所使用的configured grant configuration,进而确定重传所使用的参数。In the embodiment of the present application, the network device may perform retransmission scheduling for the terminal device. Specifically, the network device may configure parameters for retransmission for the terminal device through configured grant. The parameters may include, for example, one of waveform, resource allocation type, frequency hopping mode, DMRS-related parameters, MCS table, and RBG size. Multiple. Because the network device can configure multiple configured grant configurations for the terminal device, the multiple configured grant configurations can have a corresponding relationship with the HARQ process number, so that the terminal device can determine the configured grant grant configuration for retransmission based on the HARQ process number indicated in the DCI To determine the parameters used for retransmission.
6、传输块(TB):传输块可以是来自高层的数据块。一个传输块例如可以包含媒体接入控制(media access control,MAC)协议数据单元(protocol data unit,PDU)的一个数据块,这个数据块可以在一个时间单元上传输,也可以是HARQ重传的单位。在现有的LTE和NR中,对于每个终端设备来说,每个时间单元上最多可以发送两个传输块。作为示例而非限定,该时间单元为传输时间间隔(transmission time interval,TTI)。6. Transport block (TB): A transport block can be a data block from a higher layer. A transmission block may include, for example, a data block of a media access control (MAC) protocol data unit (PDU). This data block may be transmitted on a time unit or may be retransmitted by HARQ. unit. In the existing LTE and NR, for each terminal device, a maximum of two transport blocks can be sent in each time unit. By way of example and not limitation, the time unit is a transmission time interval (TTI).
如前所述,在无线通信系统中,如图1所示的通信系统中,网络设备可以通过高层信令为终端设备配置多个第二类configured grant configuration,并可通过DCI激活或去激活其中的一个。终端设备可以根据DCI中的HPN域确定激活或去激活的configured grant configuration。As mentioned earlier, in a wireless communication system, as shown in Figure 1, network devices can configure multiple second-class configured grants for terminal devices through high-level signaling, and can be activated or deactivated through DCI. one of. The terminal device can determine the activated or deactivated configured grant configuration according to the HPN domain in the DCI.
然而,由于DCI中某些域的长度并不是固定不变的,因此HPN域在不同的DCI中的位置并不一定相同,或者说,不固定。终端设备无法基于固定的位置去解析HPN域中的信息,也就无法确定激活的configured grant configuration。However, because the length of some domains in DCI is not fixed, the positions of HPN domains in different DCIs are not necessarily the same, or in other words, not fixed. The terminal device cannot resolve the information in the HPN domain based on a fixed location, and it cannot determine the activated configured grant configuration.
有鉴于此,本申请提供一种配置方法,以便于终端设备确定激活的configured grant configuration,并基于该configured grant configuration中配置的资源和参数进行PUSCH传输。In view of this, this application provides a configuration method, so that the terminal device determines the activated configured grant configuration, and performs PUSCH transmission based on the resources and parameters configured in the configured grant configuration.
为了便于理解本申请实施例,在介绍本申请实施例之前,先作出以下几点说明。In order to facilitate understanding of the embodiments of the present application, before introducing the embodiments of the present application, the following points are described.
第一,在本申请实施例中,多处提及移动某一个域。例如,“移动第一指示域”或“将第一指示域移动至”某一位置。应理解,这并不是说网络设备会有“移动”该第一指示域的动作,而是说该第一指示域在本申请实施例所使用到的DCI中的位置相比于其在现有的DCI中的位置,看起来像被移动了一样。本申请实施例中网络设备根据移动第一指示域位置后的DCI格式(例如,图4-9和图11-14中任意一个图所述的格式)生成本申请实施例中所需要使用到的DCI。相应地,终端设备在收到上述DCI后也按照相应的DCI格式来解析DCI中的各个域。First, in the embodiments of the present application, there are multiple references to moving a certain domain. For example, "move the first indication field" or "move the first indication field to" a certain position. It should be understood that this does not mean that the network device will "move" the first indication field, but rather that the position of the first indication field in the DCI used in the embodiment of the present application is compared to its existing position The position in the DCI looks like it has been moved. In the embodiment of the present application, the network device generates the required information according to the DCI format (for example, the format described in any one of FIGS. 4-9 and 11-14) after moving the first indication domain position. DCI. Correspondingly, after receiving the DCI, the terminal device also analyzes each domain in the DCI according to the corresponding DCI format.
第二,在本申请实施例中,多处涉及高层参数。该高层参数可以通过高层信令携带。该高层信令例如可以是RRC消息,也可以是其他高层信令,本申请对此不做限定。Secondly, in the embodiment of the present application, multiple places are related to high-level parameters. This high-level parameter can be carried through high-level signaling. The high-level signaling may be, for example, an RRC message or other high-level signaling, which is not limited in this application.
第三,在本申请实施例中,“指示”可以包括直接指示和间接指示,也可以包括显式指示和隐式指示。将某一信息(如下文所述的配置信息)所指示的信息称为待指示信息,则具体实现过程中,对待指示信息进行指示的方式有很多种,例如但不限于,可以直接指示待指示信息,如待指示信息本身或者该待指示信息的索引等。也可以通过指示其他信息来间接指示待指示信息,其中该其他信息与待指示信息之间存在关联关系。还可以仅仅指示待指示信息的一部分,而待指示信息的其他部分则是已知的或者提前约定的。例如,还可以借助预先约定(例如协议规定)的各个信息的排列顺序来实现对特定信息的指示,从而在一定程度上降低指示开销。Third, in the embodiments of the present application, the "indication" may include a direct instruction and an indirect instruction, and may also include an explicit instruction and an implicit instruction. The information indicated by certain information (such as the configuration information described below) is referred to as to-be-instructed information. In the specific implementation process, there are many ways to instruct the instruction information. For example, but not limited to, the to-be-instructed instruction can be directly indicated Information, such as the information to be indicated or an index of the information to be indicated. The information to be indicated may also be indicated indirectly by indicating other information, where there is an association relationship between the other information and the information to be indicated. It is also possible to indicate only a part of the information to be indicated, while other parts of the information to be indicated are known or agreed in advance. For example, an indication of specific information may also be implemented by means of an arrangement order of each piece of information agreed in advance (such as stipulated in a protocol), thereby reducing the indication overhead to a certain extent.
第四,在下文示出的实施例中第一、第二以及各种数字编号仅为描述方便进行的区分,并不用来限制本申请实施例的范围。例如,区分不同的指示信息等。Fourth, in the embodiments shown below, the first, second, and various numerical numbers are only distinguished for convenience of description, and are not used to limit the scope of the embodiments of the present application. For example, different instruction information is distinguished.
第五,在下文示出的实施例中,“预先获取”可包括由网络设备信令指示或者预先定义,例如,协议定义。其中,“预先定义”可以通过在设备(例如,包括终端设备和网络设备)中预先保存相应的代码、表格或其他可用于指示相关信息的方式来实现,本申请对于其具体的实现方式不做限定。Fifth, in the embodiments shown below, "pre-acquisition" may include indication or pre-definition by network device signaling, for example, protocol definition. Among them, "pre-defined" can be achieved by pre-saving corresponding codes, forms, or other methods that can be used to indicate related information in devices (for example, terminal devices and network devices), and this application does not make specific implementations thereof. limited.
第六,本申请实施例中涉及的“保存”,可以是指的保存在一个或者多个存储器中。所述一个或者多个存储器,可以是单独的设置,也可以是集成在编码器或者译码器,处理器、或通信装置中。所述一个或者多个存储器,也可以是一部分单独设置,一部分集成在译码器、处理器、或通信装置中。存储器的类型可以是任意形式的存储介质,本申请并不对此限定。Sixth, "saving" involved in the embodiments of the present application may refer to saving in one or more memories. The one or more memories may be provided separately or integrated in an encoder or a decoder, a processor, or a communication device. The one or more memories may also be partly provided separately and partly integrated in a decoder, a processor, or a communication device. The type of the memory may be any form of storage medium, which is not limited in this application.
第七,本申请实施例中涉及的“协议”可以是指通信领域的标准协议,例如可以包括LTE协议、NR协议以及应用于未来的通信系统中的相关协议,本申请对此不做限定。Seventh, the "protocol" involved in the embodiment of the present application may refer to a standard protocol in the communication field, for example, may include an LTE protocol, an NR protocol, and a related protocol applied in a future communication system, which is not limited in this application.
第八,“至少一个”是指一个或者多个,“多个”是指两个或两个以上。“和/或”,描述关联对象的关联关系,表示可以存在三种关系,例如,A和/或B,可以表示:单独存在A,同时存在A和B,单独存在B的情况,其中A,B可以是单数或者复数。字符“/”一般表示前后关联对象是一种“或”的关系。“以下至少一项(个)”或其类似表达,是指的这些项中的任意组合,包括单项(个)或复数项(个)的任意组合。例如,a、b和c中的至少一项(个),可以表示:a,或b,或c,或a和b,或a和c,或b和c,或a、b和c,其中a,b,c可以是单个,也可以是多个。Eighth, "at least one" means one or more, and "multiple" means two or more. "And / or" describes the association relationship of related objects, and indicates that there can be three kinds of relationships, for example, A and / or B can represent: the case where A exists alone, A and B exist simultaneously, and B alone exists, where A, B can be singular or plural. The character "/" generally indicates that the related objects are an "or" relationship. "At least one or more of the following" or similar expressions refers to any combination of these items, including any combination of single or plural items. For example, at least one (a), a, b, or c may represent: a, or b, or c, or a and b, or a and c, or b and c, or a, b, and c, where a, b, and c may be single or multiple.
下面将结合附图详细说明本申请实施例提供的方法。The method provided in the embodiments of the present application will be described in detail below with reference to the accompanying drawings.
应理解,本申请提供的方法可适用于无线通信系统,例如,图1中所示的无线通信系统100。处于无线通信系统中的两个通信装置间具有无线通信连接,该两个通信装置中的一个通信装置可对应于图1中所示的UE 1至UE 6中的任意一个,例如,可以为图1中的UE 1至UE 6中的任意一个,也可以为配置于UE 1至UE 6中的任意一个UE中的芯片;该两个通信装置中的另一个通信装置可对应于图1中所示的gNB,例如,可以为图1中的gNB,也可以为配置于gNB中的芯片。It should be understood that the method provided in this application may be applicable to a wireless communication system, for example, the wireless communication system 100 shown in FIG. 1. There is a wireless communication connection between two communication devices in the wireless communication system. One of the two communication devices may correspond to any one of UE1 to UE6 shown in FIG. 1. Any one of UE1 to UE6 in 1 may also be a chip configured in any one of UE1 to UE6; the other communication device of the two communication devices may correspond to that shown in FIG. 1 The gNB shown may be, for example, the gNB in FIG. 1 or a chip configured in the gNB.
以下,不失一般性,以终端设备与网络设备之间的交互为例详细说明本申请实施例。可以理解,处于无线通信系统中的任意一个终端设备可以基于相同的方法与具有无线通信 连接的一个或多个网络设备通信。本申请对此不做限定。In the following, without loss of generality, the embodiment of the present application will be described in detail by taking the interaction between a terminal device and a network device as an example. It can be understood that any terminal device in the wireless communication system can communicate with one or more network devices having a wireless communication connection based on the same method. This application does not limit this.
图2是从设备交互的角度示出的本申请一实施例提供的上行免动态授权传输的配置方法200的示意性流程图。如图所示,该方法200可以包括步骤210至步骤240。下面详细说明方法200中的各个步骤。FIG. 2 is a schematic flowchart of a configuration method 200 for uplink dynamic exemption authorization transmission provided by an embodiment of the present application from the perspective of device interaction. As shown, the method 200 may include steps 210 to 240. Each step in the method 200 is described in detail below.
步骤210,网络设备发送配置信息,该配置信息用于配置多个configured grant configuration。相应地,终端设备接收该配置信息。Step 210: The network device sends configuration information, and the configuration information is used to configure multiple configured grant configurations. Accordingly, the terminal device receives the configuration information.
如前所述,网络设备例如可以通过高层信令(即,配置信息的一例)为终端设备配置多个configured grant configurations。在本实施例中,该configured grant configuration可以为上文所述的第二类configured grant configuration。每个configured grant configuration中可以包括时频资源的周期、开环功控相关参数、波形、冗余版本序列、重复次数、跳频模式、资源分配类型、HARQ进程数、DMRS相关参数、MCS表格、RBG组大小等在内的传输资源和传输参数。As described above, the network device may configure a plurality of configured grant configurations for the terminal device through high-level signaling (that is, an example of configuration information), for example. In this embodiment, the configured grant configuration may be the second type of configured grant configuration described above. Each configured grant configuration can include the time-frequency resource period, open-loop power control related parameters, waveforms, redundant version sequences, repetition times, frequency hopping modes, resource allocation types, HARQ processes, DMRS related parameters, MCS tables, Transmission resources and transmission parameters including RBG group size.
应理解,网络设备可以通过一个高层信令配置多个configured grant configurations,也可以通过多个高层信令配置多个configured grant configurations,本申请对此不作限定。此外,网络设备同时也可以通过高层信令配置上文所述的第一类configured grant configuration,本申请对此不作限定。It should be understood that the network device may configure multiple configured grant configurations through one high-level signaling, and may also configure multiple configured grant configurations through multiple high-level signaling, which is not limited in this application. In addition, the network device can also configure the first-type configured grant configuration described above through high-level signaling, which is not limited in this application.
网络设备例如可以基于终端设备上报的能力信息,或者,根据终端设备的业务类型,确定终端设备可能需要使用免动态授权传输。网络设备例如可以通过DCI激活configured grant configuration,以便终端设备可以进行免动态授权的PUSCH传输。The network device may, for example, be based on the capability information reported by the terminal device, or, based on the service type of the terminal device, determine that the terminal device may need to use dynamic authorization-free transmission. The network device can, for example, activate configured grant configuration through DCI so that the terminal device can perform PUSCH transmission without dynamic authorization.
在步骤220中,网络设备生成DCI,该DCI包括第一指示域,该第一指示域指示激活或去激活的configured grant configuration的索引。In step 220, the network device generates a DCI, the DCI including a first indication domain, the first indication domain indicating an index of a configured grant grant that is activated or deactivated.
在本实施例中,该DCI可以用于激活或去激活configured grant configuration。该激活或去激活的configured grant configuration可以是终端设备在步骤210中预先配置的多个configured grant configurations中的一个。In this embodiment, the DCI can be used to activate or deactivate a configured grant configuration. The activated or deactivated configured grant configuration may be one of a plurality of configured grant configurations configured in advance by the terminal device in step 210.
如前所述,该DCI可以是由特定类型的RNTI加扰的DCI。终端设备在接收到DCI时,可以根据加扰DCI的RNTI的类型,确定该DCI是否用于激活或去激活configured grant configuration,或者用于重传调度。换句话说,网络设备可以通过CS-RNTI加扰DCI来隐式地指示该DCI用于激活或去激活configured grant configuration或者用于重传调度。As mentioned earlier, the DCI may be a DCI scrambled by a specific type of RNTI. When the terminal device receives the DCI, it can determine whether the DCI is used to activate or deactivate the configured grant grant configuration, or used for retransmission scheduling according to the type of the RNTI that scrambles the DCI. In other words, the network device can implicitly indicate that the DCI is used for activating or deactivating the configured grant grant configuration or for retransmission scheduling by scramble the DCI through the CS-RNTI.
应理解,CS-RNTI仅为上述特定类型的RNTI的一例,不应对本申请构成任何限定。该特定类型的RNTI还可以包括其他免动态授权传输或高层配置的传输专用的RNTI。协议可以预先定义不同类型的RNTI加扰的DCI的功能,例如可以定义某一类型的RNTI加扰的DCI用于激活或去激活configured grant configuration,也可以定义另一类型的RNTI加扰的DCI用于重传调度。网络设备可以基于该预先定义的RNTI类型和DCI的功能生成DCI,终端设备也可以基于该预先定义的RNTI类型和DCI的功能解析DCI。It should be understood that the CS-RNTI is only an example of the above-mentioned specific type of RNTI, and should not be construed as limiting this application in any way. This particular type of RNTI may also include other RNTIs dedicated to dynamic authorization-free transmission or high-level configuration transmission. The protocol can predefine the functions of different types of RNTI scrambled DCIs. For example, one type of RNTI scrambled DCI can be defined to activate or deactivate the configured grant grant configuration, or another type of RNTI scrambled DCI can be defined For retransmission scheduling. The network device may generate DCI based on the predefined RNTI type and the function of the DCI, and the terminal device may also analyze the DCI based on the predefined RNTI type and the function of the DCI.
为方便说明本实施例,可以将DCI中的域分为第一类域和第二类域。To facilitate the description of this embodiment, the domains in the DCI may be divided into a first-type domain and a second-type domain.
其中,第一类域的比特数可以与高层参数相关。或者说,第一类域的比特数可能因高层参数的不同而发生变化。也就是说,当DCI用于激活或去激活不同的configured grant configuration时,该第一类域所包含的比特数可能会发生变化。即,不同的DCI中第一类域的长度有可能不同。具体地说,该第一类域的比特数与所激活或去激活的configured  grant configuration中配置的参数相关。例如,该参数具体可包括时域资源的周期、开环功控相关参数、波形、冗余版本序列、重复次数、跳频模式、资源分配类型、HARQ进程数、解调用参考信号相关参数、MCS表格以及RBG大小中的一项或多项。The number of bits of the first type of domain may be related to high-level parameters. In other words, the number of bits in the first type of domain may change due to different high-level parameters. In other words, when DCI is used to activate or deactivate different configured grant configurations, the number of bits contained in the first type of domain may change. That is, the length of the first type domain may be different in different DCIs. Specifically, the number of bits of the first-type domain is related to the parameters configured in the activated or deactivated configured grant configuration. For example, the parameters may specifically include the period of time domain resources, open-loop power control related parameters, waveforms, redundant version sequences, repetition times, frequency hopping modes, resource allocation types, number of HARQ processes, parameters related to dereferencing reference signals, One or more of the MCS table and RBG size.
例如,当DCI的格式为DCI format 0_1时,该DCI中的跳频标识域和频域资源指配域属于第一类域。具体地,该跳频标识域的比特数取决于高层参数中的跳频模式。若高层配置了跳频模式参数,该跳频标识域可以为1个比特;若高层未配置跳频模式参数,该跳频标识域可以为0个比特。该频域资源指配域的比特数可以取决于波形、RGB大小、跳频模式、资源分配类型等参数。For example, when the format of the DCI is DCI format 0_1, the frequency hopping identification domain and the frequency domain resource assignment domain in the DCI belong to the first type domain. Specifically, the number of bits in the frequency hopping identification field depends on a frequency hopping mode in a high-level parameter. If the frequency hopping mode parameter is configured in the upper layer, the frequency hopping identification field may be 1 bit; if the frequency hopping mode parameter is not configured in the high layer, the frequency hopping identification field may be 0 bit. The number of bits in the frequency domain resource assignment domain may depend on parameters such as waveform, RGB size, frequency hopping mode, and resource allocation type.
第二类域的比特数可以与高层参数无关,或者说,第二类域的比特数不因高层参数的不同而发生变化。也就是说,当DCI用于激活或去激活不同的configured grant configuration时,该第二类域所包含的比特数不会发生变化。即,不同的DCI中第二类域的长度可以是固定不变的。具体地说,该第二类域的比特数与所激活或去激活的configured grant configuration中配置的参数无关。The number of bits of the second type of domain may be independent of high-level parameters, or the number of bits of the second type of domain does not change due to different high-level parameters. That is, when DCI is used to activate or deactivate different configured grant configurations, the number of bits contained in the second type of domain will not change. That is, the length of the second-type domain in different DCIs may be fixed. Specifically, the number of bits of this second type of domain is independent of the parameters configured in the activated or deactivated configured grant configuration.
例如,当DCI的格式为DCI format 0_1时,该DCI中的格式指示域、载波指示域、UL/SUL指示域、BWP指示域、时域资源指配域、MCS域、RV域、HPN域、NDI域等均可以属于第二类域。For example, when the format of DCI is DCI format 0_1, the format indication domain, carrier indication domain, UL / SUL indication domain, BWP indication domain, time domain resource assignment domain, MCS domain, RV domain, HPN domain, NDI domains and the like can all belong to the second type of domain.
但应理解,上文列举的DCI format 0_1中的各个域以及所属的类别仅为示例,不应对本申请构成任何限定。本申请并不排除在未来的协议中将某一个或多个第二类域定义为第一类域的可能,也不排除将某一个或多个第一类域定义为第二类域的可能。However, it should be understood that the domains and categories in the DCI format 0_1 listed above are just examples, and should not be construed as limiting this application. This application does not exclude the possibility of defining one or more second-type domains as first-type domains in future agreements, nor does it exclude the possibility of defining one or more first-type domains as second-type domains .
在本实施例中,该第一类域可以包括上述跳频标识域和频域资源指配域。In this embodiment, the first type of domain may include the foregoing frequency hopping identification domain and frequency domain resource assignment domain.
在本实施例中,该第二类域可以包括第一指示域,该第一指示域可用于指示激活或去激活的configured grant configuration的索引。作为示例而非限定,该第一指示域为HPN域。当然,该第一指示域也可以为其他可用于指示激活或去激活的configured grant configuration的索引的域。例如可以是DCI中新定义的域,或者复用其他的域。本申请对此不作限定。可选地,该第二类域还包括NDI域。In this embodiment, the second type of domain may include a first indication domain, and the first indication domain may be used to indicate an activated or deactivated configured grant grant configuration index. By way of example and not limitation, the first indication domain is an HPN domain. Of course, the first indication field may also be another field that can be used to indicate the activated or deactivated configured index. For example, it can be a newly defined domain in DCI, or other domains can be reused. This application does not limit this. Optionally, the second type of domain further includes an NDI domain.
作为一个可选的实施例,该DCI可以沿用现有协议中定义的DCI格式。为方便区分和说明,将沿用现有协议中定义的DCI格式时第一指示域在DCI中的排布情况记作情况一。As an optional embodiment, the DCI may inherit the DCI format defined in the existing protocol. For the convenience of differentiation and description, the arrangement of the first indication field in the DCI when the DCI format defined in the existing protocol is used is described as the first case.
在情况一中,网络设备可以基于该预先定义的格式生成DCI。该预先定义的DCI格式,可以用于激活或去激活configured grant configuration,也可以用于重传调度,还可以用于动态调度PUSCH。本申请对此不作限定。In case one, the network device may generate the DCI based on the predefined format. The pre-defined DCI format can be used to activate or deactivate the configured grant configuration, it can also be used for retransmission scheduling, and it can also be used to dynamically schedule PUSCH. This application does not limit this.
在该预先定义的DCI格式中,第一指示域之前至少有一个第一类域,第一指示域之后可以有一个或多个第一类域、一个或多个第二类域,或者一个或多个补零比特。In the predefined DCI format, there is at least one first-type domain before the first indication field, and there may be one or more first-type domains, one or more second-type domains, or one or more after the first indication field. Multiple zero-padded bits.
其中,在DCI中添加补零比特是为了保证网络设备发送给同一终端设备的多个DCI具有相同的长度,以减少终端设备的盲检次数。在一种实现方式中,协议可以预定义DCI的长度,网络设备可以基于该预定义的长度确定是否需要补零。在另一种实现方式中,网络设备可以按照最长的DCI的长度确定每次生成的DCI是否需要补零。The zero-padded bits are added to the DCI to ensure that multiple DCIs sent by the network device to the same terminal device have the same length, so as to reduce the number of blind inspections of the terminal device. In one implementation manner, the protocol may predefine the length of the DCI, and the network device may determine whether zero padding is needed based on the predefined length. In another implementation manner, the network device may determine whether the DCI generated each time needs to be zero-added according to the length of the longest DCI.
图3示出了情况一下DCI中各个域排布顺序的一例。如图所示,该DCI可以包括至少一个第一类域和至少一个第二类域。需要说明的是,图中的补零比特仅为示意,并不代 表所有的DCI都包含补零比特。FIG. 3 shows an example of the arrangement order of the domains in the DCI. As shown, the DCI may include at least one first-type domain and at least one second-type domain. It should be noted that the zero-padded bits in the figure are only for illustration, and do not represent that all DCIs include zero-padded bits.
可以看到,如果第一指示域位于至少一个第一类域之后,则由于高层参数不同,该第一指示域的位置就有可能发生变化。例如,该第一指示域位于跳频标识域之后,在高层配置了跳频模式参数和未配置跳频模式参数的情况下,分别得到的第一指示域的位置就会错开1个比特。若第一指示域之前还有更多的第一类域,则第一指示域在不同DCI中错开的比特位数可能会更大。终端设备由于无法确定第一指示域的位置,也就无法解析第一指示域中的信息,从而无法确定激活或去激活的configured grant configuration。It can be seen that if the first indicator domain is located behind at least one domain of the first type, the position of the first indicator domain may change due to different high-level parameters. For example, the first indication field is located after the frequency hopping identification field. In the case where the frequency hopping mode parameter is configured and the frequency hopping mode parameter is not configured in the upper layer, the positions of the first indication field respectively obtained are staggered by one bit. If there are more first-type domains before the first indication domain, the number of bits of the first indication domain staggered in different DCIs may be larger. Because the terminal device cannot determine the location of the first indication domain, it cannot parse the information in the first indication domain, and thus cannot determine the activated or deactivated configured grant configuration.
在本实施例中,网络设备可以基于以下两种方式中的任意一种移动DCI中的第一指示域:In this embodiment, the network device may move the first indication field in the DCI based on any one of the following two ways:
方式一:将第一指示域移动到所有第一类域之前;或Method 1: move the first indication domain before all domains of the first category; or
方式二:将第一指示域移动到DCI的最后位置。Method 2: Move the first indication field to the last position of the DCI.
下面详细说明以上两种方式。The above two methods are described in detail below.
方式一、method one,
将第一指示域移动到所有第一类域之前,也可以是,将第一指示域移动到首个第一类域之前。将第一指示域移动到第一类域之前可以包括:将第一类域移动到第一类域之前的任意位置。图4示出了将图3所示的DCI中的第一指示域移动到所有第一类域之前的一例。应理解,图中所示仅为示例,网络设备可以将第一指示域移动至所有第一类域之前的任意位置。协议可以预先定义将第一指示域移动到第一类域之前的哪个位置。例如,将第一指示域移动到第一类域之前的末个域,或者,将第一指示域移动到第一类域之前的首个域,或者,将第一指示域移动到第一类域之前的某一特定的位置,本申请对此不作限定。当协议定义了将第一指示域移动到第一类域之前的某个位置时,网络设备可以基于该定义生成DCI,终端设备也可以基于该定义解析该DCI中的第一指示域。The first indication domain is moved before all the first-type domains, or the first indication domain may be moved before the first first-type domain. Moving the first indication domain before the first type domain may include: moving the first type domain to an arbitrary position before the first type domain. FIG. 4 shows an example before moving the first indication domain in the DCI shown in FIG. 3 to all domains of the first type. It should be understood that what is shown in the figure is only an example, and the network device may move the first indication domain to any position before all the first-type domains. The protocol may define in advance which position the first indication domain is moved to before the first type domain. For example, move the first indication domain to the last domain before the domain of the first category, or move the first indication domain to the first domain before the domain of the first category, or move the first indication domain to the first category A specific position before the domain is not limited in this application. When the protocol defines that the first indication domain is moved to a position before the first type domain, the network device may generate DCI based on the definition, and the terminal device may also analyze the first indication domain in the DCI based on the definition.
可选地,该第一指示域为HPN域。由于在上文中已经说明,该DCI是用于激活或去激活configured grant configuration还是用于重传调度可以根据NDI域确定。在该DCI用于激活或去激活configured grant configuration的情况下,该HPN域的后3个比特可用于指示激活或去激活的configured grant configuration的索引;而在该DCI用于重传调度的情况下,该HPN域可用于指示HARQ进程号。Optionally, the first indication domain is an HPN domain. As described above, whether the DCI is used to activate or deactivate the configured grant grant configuration or retransmission scheduling can be determined according to the NDI domain. In the case that the DCI is used to activate or deactivate the configured grant grant configuration, the last 3 bits of the HPN domain can be used to indicate the index of the activated or deactivated configured grant grant configuration; and in the case that the DCI is used for retransmission scheduling This HPN field can be used to indicate the HARQ process number.
则,在一种实现方式中,网络设备可以将NDI域也移动到所有第一类域之前。图5示出了将图3所示的DCI中的HPN域和NDI域都移动到所有第一类域之前的一例。应理解,图中所示仅为示例,本申请实施例对于NDI域和HPN域在DCI中排布的先后顺序不作限定。例如,HPN域可以位于NDI域之前,也可以位于NDI域之后。NDI域和HPN域可以是相邻的两个域,也可以是不相邻的两个域。NDI域和HPN域之间的相对位置关系可以由协议预先定义,本申请对此不作限定。此外,本申请实施例对于其他第二类域在DCI中排布的先后顺序也不作限定。Then, in one implementation manner, the network device may also move the NDI domain before all the first-type domains. FIG. 5 shows an example before moving both the HPN domain and the NDI domain in the DCI shown in FIG. 3 to all the first-type domains. It should be understood that the figures shown are merely examples, and the order in which the NDI domain and the HPN domain are arranged in the DCI is not limited in the embodiment of the present application. For example, the HPN domain can be located before or after the NDI domain. The NDI domain and the HPN domain may be two adjacent domains or two non-adjacent domains. The relative position relationship between the NDI domain and the HPN domain may be defined in advance by the protocol, and this application does not limit this. In addition, the embodiment of this application does not limit the sequence in which other second-type domains are arranged in the DCI.
在另一种实现方式中,网络设备也可以将NDI域移动到DCI的最后位置。即,将NDI域作为DCI的最后一个域,且NDI域占用DCI的最后一个比特。具体地,在该DCI包含补零比特的情况下,该NDI域可以位于所有补零比特之后;在该DCI不包含补零比特的情况下,该NDI域可以位于DCI的最后一个域之后。即,将NDI域作为DCI的最后一个域。In another implementation manner, the network device may also move the NDI domain to the last position of the DCI. That is, the NDI domain is taken as the last domain of the DCI, and the NDI domain occupies the last bit of the DCI. Specifically, in a case where the DCI includes zero-padding bits, the NDI domain may be located after all the zero-padding bits; in a case where the DCI does not include zero-padding bits, the NDI domain may be located after the last domain of the DCI. That is, the NDI domain is used as the last domain of the DCI.
可选地,该第一指示域与HPN域为不同的域。例如,该第一指示域可以是DCI中一个新增的域,用于指示configured grant configuration的索引。该索引所对应的configured grant configuration可以是DCI激活或去激活的configured grant configuration,也可以是重传所使用的configured grant configuration。在此情况下,网络设备可以仅将该第一指示域移动至所有第一类域之前,而不移动HPN域和NDI域。Optionally, the first indication domain and the HPN domain are different domains. For example, the first indication domain may be a newly added domain in DCI, which is used to indicate an index of configured grant. The configured corresponding grant configuration of this index can be a configured grant configuration activated or deactivated by DCI, or a configured grant configuration used for retransmission. In this case, the network device may move the first indication domain before all the first-type domains without moving the HPN domain and the NDI domain.
可选地,该第一指示域还可以是DCI中除HPN域之外的其他域。在此情况下,网络设备可以仅改变第一指示域和NDI域的位置,而不移动HPN域。例如,将该第一指示域和NDI域移动至所有第一类域之前,或者,将第一指示域移动至所有第一类域之前,将NDI域移动至该DCI的最后位置等。Optionally, the first indication domain may also be a domain other than the HPN domain in the DCI. In this case, the network device may change only the positions of the first indication domain and the NDI domain without moving the HPN domain. For example, the first indication domain and the NDI domain are moved before all the first-type domains, or the first indication domain is moved before all the first-type domains, and the NDI domain is moved to the last position of the DCI.
方式二、Way two,
将第一指示域移动到DCI的最后位置,可以包括:将该第一指示域移动到DCI的最后一段比特内,该第一指示域可以占用该最后一段比特中的部分或全部比特。该最后一段比特例如可以是预先定义的多个比特。如,在该DCI不包含补零比特的情况下,可以将该第一指示域移动到该DCI的最后一个域之后,将该第一指示域作为最后一个域,该第一指示域可以占用该DCI的最后一个比特,也可以不占用最后一个比特;或者,也可以不将移动到DCI的最后一个域之后,但仍位于最后一段比特内。在该DCI包含补零比特的情况下,可以将该第一指示域移动到所有补零比特之后,或者说,将该第一指示域移动到末个补零比特之后。可以理解,该补零比特之后的比特位于DCI的最后一段比特内。Moving the first indication field to the last position of the DCI may include: moving the first indication field to the last bit of the DCI, and the first indication field may occupy some or all of the bits in the last segment. The last segment of bits may be, for example, a plurality of predefined bits. For example, in the case that the DCI does not contain zero-padded bits, the first indication field may be moved to the last field of the DCI, and the first indication field may be used as the last field. The last bit of the DCI may not occupy the last bit; or it may not be moved after the last field of the DCI, but it is still located in the last bit. In a case where the DCI includes a zero-padding bit, the first indication field may be moved after all the zero-padding bits, or the first indication field may be moved after the last zero-padding bit. It can be understood that the bits after the zero-padded bits are located in the last bit of the DCI.
当协议定义将第一指示域移动到DCI的最后一段比特内以便终端设备解析第一指示域时,可以进一步定义将该第一指示域放在最后一段比特内的哪几个比特。因此,第一指示域在DCI中的位置可以确定。终端设备可以基于该位置解析第一指示域。When the protocol defines that the first indication field is moved to the last bit of the DCI so that the terminal device can parse the first indication field, it can further define which bits of the first indication field are placed in the last bit. Therefore, the position of the first indication domain in the DCI can be determined. The terminal device may resolve the first indication domain based on the location.
具体地,若该DCI包含补零比特,则可以认为该DCI的长度未达到预定义长度,或者不是所有DCI中最长的DCI。此情况下,若将第一指示域移动到所有补零比特之后,则该第一指示域可以是该DCI的最后一个域,且该第一指示域的最后一个比特可以为DCI的最后一个比特。该第一指示域的起始位置可以根据补零后的DCI的长度和第一指示域的长度确定。图6示出了将图3所示的DCI中的第一指示域移动到所有补零比特之后的一例。Specifically, if the DCI includes zero-padded bits, it can be considered that the length of the DCI does not reach a predefined length or is not the longest DCI among all DCIs. In this case, if the first indication field is moved after all zero-padded bits, the first indication field may be the last field of the DCI, and the last bit of the first indication field may be the last bit of the DCI . The starting position of the first indication field may be determined according to the length of the zero-padded DCI and the length of the first indication field. FIG. 6 shows an example after moving the first indication field in the DCI shown in FIG. 3 to all zero-padded bits.
若该DCI不包含补零比特,则可以认为该DCI的长度为预定义长度,或者,该DCI是所有DCI中最长的DCI。此情况下,若将第一指示域移动到DCI的最后一个域之后,则该第一指示域可以成为该DCI的最后一个域。该第一指示域的起始位置可以根据DCI的长度和第一指示域的长度确定。图7示出了将图3中所示的DCI中的第一指示域移动到DCI的最后位置的一例。If the DCI does not include zero-padded bits, the length of the DCI may be considered as a predefined length, or the DCI is the longest DCI among all DCIs. In this case, if the first indication domain is moved after the last domain of the DCI, the first indication domain may become the last domain of the DCI. The starting position of the first indication field may be determined according to the length of the DCI and the length of the first indication field. FIG. 7 shows an example of moving the first indication field in the DCI shown in FIG. 3 to the last position of the DCI.
可选地,该第一指示域为HPN域。由于在上文中已经说明,该DCI是用于激活或去激活configured grant configuration还是用于重传调度可以根据NDI域确定。在该DCI用于激活或去激活configured grant configuration的情况下,该HPN域的后3个比特可用于指示激活或去激活的configured grant configuration的索引;而在该DCI用于重传调度的情况下,该HPN域可用于指示HARQ进程号。Optionally, the first indication domain is an HPN domain. As described above, whether the DCI is used to activate or deactivate the configured grant grant configuration or retransmission scheduling can be determined according to the NDI domain. In the case that the DCI is used to activate or deactivate the configured grant grant configuration, the last 3 bits of the HPN domain can be used to indicate the index of the activated or deactivated configured grant grant configuration; and in the case that the DCI is used for retransmission scheduling This HPN field can be used to indicate the HARQ process number.
在一种实现方式中,该网络设备可以将HPN域和NDI域移动至DCI的最后位置。在DCI包含补零比特的情况下,网络设备可以将HPN域和NDI域均移动到所有补零比特之后。图8示出了将图3中所示的DCI中的HPN域和NDI域都移动到所有补零比特的一例。 应理解,图中所示仅为示例,本申请实施例对于NDI域和HPN域在DCI中排布的先后顺序不作限定。该NDI域可以为DCI的最后一个域,此时,该DCI的最后一个比特可以为该NDI域;HPN域也可以为DCI到最后一个域,此时,该DCI的最后一个比特可以为HPN域的最后一个比特。或者说,NDI域可以位于HPN域之前,也可以位于HPN域之后。NDI域和HPN域之间的相对位置关系可以由协议预先定义,本申请实施例对于NDI域和HPN域的先后顺序不作限定。此外,本申请实施例对于其他第二类域在DCI中排布的先后顺序也不作限定。In one implementation, the network device may move the HPN domain and the NDI domain to the last position of the DCI. In the case that the DCI contains zero-padding bits, the network device can move both the HPN domain and the NDI domain after all the zero-padding bits. FIG. 8 shows an example in which both the HPN field and the NDI field in the DCI shown in FIG. 3 are moved to all zero-padded bits. It should be understood that the figures shown are merely examples, and the order in which the NDI domain and the HPN domain are arranged in the DCI is not limited in the embodiment of the present application. The NDI domain may be the last domain of DCI. At this time, the last bit of the DCI may be the NDI domain; the HPN domain may also be DCI to the last domain. At this time, the last bit of the DCI may be the HPN domain. The last bit. In other words, the NDI domain can be located before or after the HPN domain. The relative position relationship between the NDI domain and the HPN domain may be defined in advance by the protocol, and the order of the NDI domain and the HPN domain is not limited in this embodiment of the present application. In addition, the embodiment of this application does not limit the sequence in which other second-type domains are arranged in the DCI.
在DCI不包含补零比特的情况下,网络设备可以将HPN域和NDI域移动到DCI的最后位置,例如,将HPN域和NDI域都移动到最后一个域之后。图9示出了将图3中所示的DCI中的HPN域和NDI域移动到DCI的最后位置的一例。应理解,图中所示仅为示例,不应对本申请构成任何限定。本申请实施例对于NDI域和HPN域的先后顺序不作限定,例如,HPN域可以位于NDI域之前,也可以位于HPN域之后。即,HPN域可以成为DCI的最后一个域,或者,NDI域也可以成为DCI的最后一个域。NDI域和HPN域之间的相对位置关系可以由协议预先定义,本申请对此不作限定。此外,本申请实施例对于其他第二类域在DCI中排布的先后顺序也不作限定。In the case that the DCI does not contain the zero-padded bits, the network device may move the HPN domain and the NDI domain to the last position of the DCI, for example, move both the HPN domain and the NDI domain after the last domain. FIG. 9 shows an example of moving the HPN domain and the NDI domain in the DCI shown in FIG. 3 to the last position of the DCI. It should be understood that the figures shown are merely examples and should not be construed as limiting this application in any way. The order of the NDI domain and the HPN domain is not limited in this embodiment of the present application. For example, the HPN domain may be located before the NDI domain or after the HPN domain. That is, the HPN domain can become the last domain of DCI, or the NDI domain can also become the last domain of DCI. The relative position relationship between the NDI domain and the HPN domain may be defined in advance by the protocol, and this application does not limit this. In addition, the embodiment of this application does not limit the sequence in which other second-type domains are arranged in the DCI.
在另一种实现方式中,网络设备也可以将NDI域移动到所有第一类域之前。即,网络设备可以将NDI域移动到首个第一类域之前的任意位置。协议可以预先定义NDI域具体位于首个第一类域之前的哪个位置。In another implementation manner, the network device may also move the NDI domain before all the first-type domains. That is, the network device can move the NDI domain to any position before the first first-type domain. The protocol can define in advance where the NDI domain is located before the first first-type domain.
可选地,该第一指示域与HPN域为不同的域。例如,该第一指示域可以是DCI中一个新增的域,用于指示configured grant configuration的索引。该索引所对应的configured grant configuration可以是DCI激活或去激活的configured grant configuration,也可以是重传所使用的configured grant configuration。在此情况下,网络设备可以仅将该第一指示域移动至DCI的最后一个域之后,即,将第一指示域作为DCI的最后一个域,而不移动HPN域和NDI域。Optionally, the first indication domain and the HPN domain are different domains. For example, the first indication domain may be a newly added domain in DCI, which is used to indicate an index of configured grant. The configured corresponding grant configuration of this index can be a configured grant configuration activated or deactivated by DCI, or a configured grant configuration used for retransmission. In this case, the network device may move the first indication domain only after the last domain of the DCI, that is, use the first indication domain as the last domain of the DCI without moving the HPN domain and the NDI domain.
可选地,该第一指示域还可以是DCI中除HPN域之外的其他域。在此情况下,网络设备可以仅改变第一指示域和NDI域的位置,而不移动HPN域。例如,将该第一指示域和NDI域移动至DCI的最后位置,或者,将第一指示域移动到DCI的最后位置,将NDI域移动至所有第一类域之前。Optionally, the first indication domain may also be a domain other than the HPN domain in the DCI. In this case, the network device may change only the positions of the first indication domain and the NDI domain without moving the HPN domain. For example, the first indication domain and the NDI domain are moved to the last position of the DCI, or the first indication domain is moved to the last position of the DCI, and the NDI domain is moved before all the first-type domains.
基于上文所列举的方法,下面结合NR中的DCI format 0_1为例,来说明网络设备生成DCI的过程。Based on the methods listed above, the following uses DCI format 0_1 in NR as an example to explain the process of network equipment generating DCI.
图10是NR中定义的DCI format 0_1中各个域排布顺序的示意图。图中仅为示意,仅示出了DCI中部分域的排布顺序。其中,HPN域为第一指示域的一例。频域资源指配域和跳频标识域为第一类域的一例。其余域均为第二类域。图中“……”表示省略的DCI域。FIG. 10 is a schematic diagram of an arrangement order of each domain in the DCI format 0_1 defined in the NR. The figure is only schematic, and only shows the arrangement order of some domains in DCI. The HPN domain is an example of the first indication domain. The frequency domain resource assignment domain and frequency hopping identification domain are examples of the first type domain. The remaining domains are of the second type. "..." in the figure indicates an omitted DCI field.
如图所示,HPN域和NDI域均处于频域资源指配域(即,第一类域的一例)之后。若该DCI format 0_1用于激活或去激活configured grant configuration,则需要根据HPN域确定激活或去激活的configured grant configuration。As shown in the figure, both the HPN domain and the NDI domain are after the frequency domain resource assignment domain (that is, an example of the first type domain). If the DCI format 0_1 is used to activate or deactivate the configured grant configuration, the activated or deactivated configured grant configuration needs to be determined according to the HPN domain.
网络设备可以基于上文所列举的方式移动HPN域和NDI域。图11至图14示出了移动HPN域和NDI域后得到的DCI format 0_1中各个域排布顺序的示意图。具体地,图11 示出了将NDI域和HPN域都移动至频域资源指配域之前的位置的一例。图12示出了DCI不包含补零比特时,将NDI域和HPN域移动至DCI的最后位置的一例。图13示出了将NDI域和HPN域都移动至所有补零比特之后的位置。图14示出了将NDI域移动至频域资源指配域之前的位置,将HPN域移动至所有补零比特之后的位置。The network device may move the HPN domain and the NDI domain based on the manners listed above. FIG. 11 to FIG. 14 are schematic diagrams showing the arrangement order of each domain in the DCI format 0_1 obtained after moving the HPN domain and the NDI domain. Specifically, FIG. 11 shows an example of moving both the NDI domain and the HPN domain to positions before the frequency domain resource assignment domain. FIG. 12 shows an example of moving the NDI domain and the HPN domain to the last position of the DCI when the DCI does not include the zero-padded bits. FIG. 13 shows positions after moving both the NDI field and the HPN field to all zero-padded bits. FIG. 14 shows that the NDI domain is moved to a position before the frequency domain resource assignment domain, and the HPN domain is moved to a position after all zero-padded bits.
应理解,图中所示仅为示例,不应对本申请构成任何限定。本申请对于NDI域和HPN域在DCI中排布的先后顺序不作限定。当NDI域和HPN域均位于所有第一类域之前时,NDI域和HPN域可以相邻,也可以不相邻,本申请对此不作限定。It should be understood that the figures shown are merely examples and should not be construed as limiting this application in any way. This application does not limit the order in which the NDI domain and the HPN domain are arranged in the DCI. When the NDI domain and the HPN domain are located before all the first-type domains, the NDI domain and the HPN domain may or may not be adjacent, which is not limited in this application.
上文所列举的移动第一指示域和NDI域的方式仅为示例,不应对本申请构成任何限定。基于相同的构思,本领域的技术人员还可以想到其他更多可能的实现方式。The manner of moving the first indication domain and the NDI domain listed above is merely an example, and should not be construed as limiting in this application. Based on the same concept, those skilled in the art can also think of other more possible implementations.
基于上文所列举的实现方式,网络设备可以生成DCI。由于第一指示域在该DCI中的位置可以是确定的,终端设备可以基于固定的位置解析第一指示域,以激活或去激活第一指示域中的索引所对应的configured grant configuration。Based on the implementations listed above, the network device can generate DCI. Since the position of the first indication domain in the DCI may be determined, the terminal device may parse the first indication domain based on a fixed position to activate or deactivate a configured grant grant corresponding to an index in the first indication domain.
可选地,在移动第一指示域之前,该方法还包括:网络设备根据该DCI的功能,确定是否移动第一指示域。具体地,当该DCI为用于激活或去激活configured grant configuration时,网络设备可以采用如上所述的方式移动第一指示域。Optionally, before moving the first indication domain, the method further includes: the network device determines whether to move the first indication domain according to the function of the DCI. Specifically, when the DCI is configured to activate or deactivate a configured grant, the network device may move the first indication domain in the manner described above.
作为一个可选的实施例,网络设备可以为激活或去激活configured grant configuration的DCI单独定义一种DCI格式,基于该DCI格式生成的DCI可专门用于激活或去激活configured grant configuration。该DCI格式可以避免上述第一指示域的位置不固定的问题。As an optional embodiment, the network device may separately define a DCI format for the DCI that activates or deactivates the configured grant grant configuration, and the DCI generated based on the DCI format may be specifically used to activate or deactivate the configured grant grant configuration. The DCI format can avoid the problem that the position of the first indication field is not fixed.
在一种可能的设计中,第一指示域可以位于所有第一类域之前。为方便区分和说明,将DCI中第一指示域位于所有第一类域之前的排布情况记作情况二。In a possible design, the first indication domain may be located before all domains of the first type. For the convenience of distinguishing and explaining, the arrangement of the first indication domain in DCI before all the domains of the first type is referred to as case two.
这种设计下的DCI格式可以与上文情况一中采用方式一将第一指示域移动到所有第一类域之前的结果相似,例如图4中所示。但应理解,图4所示仅为示例,该第一指示域可以为所有第一类域之前的任意位置。协议可以预先定义该第一指示域在第一类域之前的哪个位置。例如,该第一指示域可以为DCI的首个域,也可以为所有第一类域之前的某个域,还可以为第一类域之前某一特定的位置的域,本申请对此不作限定。The DCI format under this design may be similar to the result before moving the first indication field to all the first type fields in the first case in the first case, for example, as shown in FIG. 4. It should be understood that FIG. 4 is merely an example, and the first indication domain may be any position before all domains of the first type. The protocol may pre-define where the first indication domain precedes the first-type domain. For example, the first indication domain may be the first domain of DCI, or may be a domain before all domains of the first category, or may be a domain at a specific location before the domain of the first category, which is not described in this application. limited.
可选地,该第一指示域为HPN域。如前所述,该DCI是用于激活或去激活configured grant configuration还是用于重传调度可以根据NDI域确定。在该DCI用于激活或去激活configured grant configuration的情况下,该HPN域的后3个比特可用于指示激活或去激活的configured grant configuration的索引;而在该DCI用于重传调度的情况下,该HPN域可用于指示HARQ进程号。Optionally, the first indication domain is an HPN domain. As mentioned previously, whether the DCI is used to activate or deactivate the configured grant or retransmission scheduling can be determined according to the NDI domain. In the case that the DCI is used to activate or deactivate the configured grant grant configuration, the last 3 bits of the HPN domain can be used to indicate the index of the activated or deactivated configured grant grant configuration; and in the case that the DCI is used for retransmission scheduling This HPN field can be used to indicate the HARQ process number.
则在一种实现方式中,该NDI域也位于所有第一类域之前。该NDI域也位于所有第一类域之前。这种设计下的DCI格式可以与上文情况一中采用方式一将HPN域和NDI与移动到所有第一类域之前的结果相似,例如图5中所示。但应理解,图5所示仅为示例,本申请实施例对于NDI域和HPN域在DCI中排布的先后顺序不作限定。协议可以预先定义HPN域和NDI域的相对位置关系。例如,HPN域可以位于NDI域之前,也可以位于NDI域之后。NDI域和HPN域可以是相邻的两个域,也可以是不相邻的两个域。In an implementation manner, the NDI domain is also located before all the first-type domains. This NDI domain also precedes all first-type domains. The DCI format under this design can be similar to the result before moving the HPN domain and NDI to all the first type domains in the first case, for example, as shown in FIG. 5. However, it should be understood that FIG. 5 is merely an example, and the order of arrangement of the NDI domain and the HPN domain in the DCI is not limited in the embodiment of the present application. The protocol can predefine the relative position relationship between the HPN domain and the NDI domain. For example, the HPN domain can be located before or after the NDI domain. The NDI domain and the HPN domain may be two adjacent domains or two non-adjacent domains.
在另一种实现方式中,该NDI域位于DCI的最后位置。具体地,该NDI域可以位于DCI的最后一段比特内,该NDI域可以占用该最后一段比特的部分或全部比特。如,在该DCI不包含补零比特的情况下,可以将该NDI域作为该DCI的最后一个域,该NDI域 可以占用该DCI的最后一个比特,也可以不占用最后一个比特;或者,也可以不将该NDI域作为DCI的最后一个域,但仍位于最后一段比特内。在该DCI包含补零比特的情况下,可以将该第一指示域定义在所有补零比特之后。此时,该NDI域为DCI的最后一个域。可以理解,该补零比特之后的比特落入DCI的最后一段比特内。In another implementation, the NDI domain is located at the last position of the DCI. Specifically, the NDI domain may be located in the last segment of the DCI, and the NDI domain may occupy some or all of the bits of the last segment. For example, when the DCI does not include zero-padded bits, the NDI domain may be used as the last domain of the DCI. The NDI domain may occupy the last bit of the DCI or may not occupy the last bit; or The NDI domain may not be used as the last domain of the DCI, but is still located in the last bit. In the case that the DCI includes zero-padding bits, the first indication field may be defined after all the zero-padding bits. At this time, the NDI domain is the last domain of the DCI. It can be understood that the bits after the zero-padded bits fall into the last bit of the DCI.
可选地,该第一指示域与HPN域为不同的域。例如,该第一指示域可以是DCI中一个新增的域,用于指示configured grant configuration的索引。该索引所对应的configured grant configuration可以是DCI激活或去激活的configured grant configuration,也可以是重传所使用的configured grant configuration。在此情况下,可以仅将该第一指示域定义在所有第一类域之前。Optionally, the first indication domain and the HPN domain are different domains. For example, the first indication domain may be a newly added domain in DCI, which is used to indicate an index of configured grant. The configured corresponding grant configuration of this index can be a configured grant configuration activated or deactivated by DCI, or a configured grant configuration used for retransmission. In this case, the first indication domain may be defined before all domains of the first type.
可选地,该第一指示域还可以是DCI中除HPN域之外的其他域。在此情况下,网络设备可以仅定义该第一指示域和NDI域的位置,而不定义HPN域的位置。例如,将该第一指示域和NDI域定义在所有第一类域之前,或者,将该第一指示域定义在所有第一类域之前,将NDI域定义在DCI的最后位置等。Optionally, the first indication domain may also be a domain other than the HPN domain in the DCI. In this case, the network device may define only the locations of the first indication domain and the NDI domain, but not the locations of the HPN domain. For example, the first indication domain and the NDI domain are defined before all the first-type domains, or the first indication domain is defined before all the first-type domains, and the NDI domain is defined at the last position of the DCI.
在另一种可能的设计中,该第一指示域可以位于DCI的最后位置。为方便区分和说明,将第一指示域位于DCI的最后位置的排布情况记作情况二。In another possible design, the first indicator field may be located at the last position of the DCI. For the convenience of differentiation and description, the arrangement of the first indication field at the last position of the DCI is recorded as the second case.
具体地,该第一指示域可以位于DCI的最后一段比特内,该第一指示域可以占用该最后一段比特的部分或全部比特。如,在该DCI不包含补零比特的情况下,可以将该第一指示域作为该DCI的最后一个域,该第一指示域可以占用该DCI的最后一个比特,也可以不占用最后一个比特;或者,也可以不将该第一指示域作为DCI的最后一个域,但仍位于最后一段比特内。在该DCI包含补零比特的情况下,可以将该第一指示域定义在所有补零比特之后。此时,该第一指示域为DCI的最后一个域。可以理解,该补零比特之后的比特落入DCI的最后一段比特内。这种设计下的DCI格式可以与上文中情况一中采用方式二将第一指示域移动到DCI的最后位置之后的结果相似,例如图6和图7中所示。Specifically, the first indication field may be located in the last bit of the DCI, and the first indication field may occupy part or all of the bits of the last bit. For example, when the DCI does not include zero-padded bits, the first indication field may be used as the last field of the DCI. The first indication field may occupy the last bit of the DCI or may not occupy the last bit. Or, the first indication field may not be used as the last field of the DCI, but is still located in the last bit. In the case that the DCI includes zero-padding bits, the first indication field may be defined after all the zero-padding bits. At this time, the first indication domain is the last domain of the DCI. It can be understood that the bits after the zero-padded bits fall into the last bit of the DCI. The DCI format under this design may be similar to the result after the first indication field is moved to the last position of the DCI by using the second method in the first case, for example, as shown in FIG. 6 and FIG. 7.
可选地,该第一指示域为HPN域。如前所述,该DCI是用于激活或去激活configured grant configuration还是用于重传调度可以根据NDI域确定。在该DCI用于激活或去激活configured grant configuration的情况下,该HPN域的后3个比特可用于指示激活或去激活的configured grant configuration的索引;而在该DCI用于重传调度的情况下,该HPN域可用于指示HARQ进程号。Optionally, the first indication domain is an HPN domain. As mentioned previously, whether the DCI is used to activate or deactivate the configured grant or retransmission scheduling can be determined according to the NDI domain. In the case that the DCI is used to activate or deactivate the configured grant grant configuration, the last 3 bits of the HPN domain can be used to indicate the index of the activated or deactivated configured grant grant configuration; and in the case that the DCI is used for retransmission scheduling This HPN field can be used to indicate the HARQ process number.
则,在一种实现方式中,该HPN域和NDI域均位于DCI的最后位置。该HPN域和NDI均位于DCI的最后位置,可以包括HPN域和NDI域均位于DCI的最后一段比特内。例如,HPN域和NDI域为DCI的最后两个域,或者,HPN域和NDI域均位于DCI的补零比特之后等。具体地,在DCI不包含补零比特的情况下,该HPN域和NDI域可以为DCI的最后两个域;在DCI不包含补零比特的情况下,该HPN域和NDI域可以位于补零比特之后,也可以是DCI的最后两个域。HPN域可以位于NDI域之前,也可以位于NDI域之后。本申请对此不作限定。这种设计下的DCI格式可以与上文情况一中采用方式二将第一指示域和NDI域移动到DCI的最后位置之后的结果相似,例如图8和图9中所示。Then, in an implementation manner, the HPN domain and the NDI domain are both located at the last position of the DCI. The HPN domain and the NDI are both located in the last position of the DCI, and may include that the HPN domain and the NDI domain are both located in the last bit of the DCI. For example, the HPN field and the NDI field are the last two fields of the DCI, or the HPN field and the NDI field are both located after the zero-padded bits of the DCI, and so on. Specifically, when the DCI does not contain zero-padded bits, the HPN field and the NDI field may be the last two fields of the DCI; when the DCI does not contain zero-padded bits, the HPN field and the NDI field may be located in the zero-padded field. After the bit, it can also be the last two fields of the DCI. The HPN domain can be located before or after the NDI domain. This application does not limit this. The DCI format under this design may be similar to the result after moving the first indication domain and the NDI domain to the last position of the DCI in the second case in the first case, for example, as shown in FIG. 8 and FIG. 9.
在另一种实现方式中,该NDI域位于所有第一类域之前。即,该NDI域可以位于收个第一类域之前的任意位置。协议可以预先定义NDI域具体位于首个第一类域之前的哪个位置。In another implementation, the NDI domain is located before all domains of the first type. That is, the NDI domain can be located anywhere before the first-type domain is received. The protocol can define in advance where the NDI domain is located before the first first-type domain.
可选地,该第一指示域与HPN域为不同的域。例如,该第一指示域可以是DCI中一个新增的域,用于指示configured grant configuration的索引。该索引所对应的configured grant configuration可以是DCI激活或去激活的configured grant configuration,也可以是重传所使用的configured grant configuration。在此情况下,可以仅将该第一指示域定义在DCI的最后位置。即,该第一指示域为DCI的最后一个域,且第一指示域占用DCI的最后一个比特。Optionally, the first indication domain and the HPN domain are different domains. For example, the first indication domain may be a newly added domain in DCI, which is used to indicate an index of configured grant. The configured corresponding grant configuration of this index can be a configured grant configuration activated or deactivated by DCI, or a configured grant configuration used for retransmission. In this case, the first indication field may be defined only at the last position of the DCI. That is, the first indication field is the last field of the DCI, and the first indication field occupies the last bit of the DCI.
可选地,该第一指示域还可以是DCI中除HPN域之外的其他域。在此情况下,网络设备可以仅定义该第一指示域和NDI域位置,而不定义HPN域的位置。例如,将第一指示域和NDI域都定义在DCI的最后位置,或者,第一指示域定义在DCI的最后位置,NDI域定义在所有第一类域之前等。Optionally, the first indication domain may also be a domain other than the HPN domain in the DCI. In this case, the network device may define only the location of the first indication domain and the NDI domain, but not the location of the HPN domain. For example, both the first indication domain and the NDI domain are defined at the last position of the DCI, or the first indication domain is defined at the last position of the DCI, the NDI domain is defined before all the first type domains, and so on.
应理解,上文所列举的DCI格式中第一指示域和NDI域的位置仅为示例,不应对本申请构成任何限定。基于相同的构思,本领域的技术人员还可以想到其他更多可能的设计。It should be understood that the positions of the first indication field and the NDI field in the DCI format listed above are merely examples, and should not be construed as any limitation in this application. Based on the same concept, those skilled in the art can also think of other more possible designs.
基于上文所列举的设计,网络设备可以生成DCI。由于第一指示域在该DCI中的位置可以是确定的,终端设备可以基于固定的位置解析第一指示域,以激活或去激活第一指示域中的索引所对应的configured grant configuration。Based on the designs listed above, network devices can generate DCI. Since the position of the first indication domain in the DCI may be determined, the terminal device may parse the first indication domain based on a fixed position to activate or deactivate a configured grant grant corresponding to an index in the first indication domain.
在步骤230中,网络设备发送该DCI。相应地,终端设备接收该DCI。In step 230, the network device sends the DCI. Accordingly, the terminal device receives the DCI.
网络设备可以通过上文所述的特定的RNTI,如CS-RNTI,加扰DCI。网络设备例如可以通过物理下行控制信道(physical downlink control channel,PDCCH)发送该DCI。终端设备可以通过盲检的方式接收DCI,并基于CS-RNTI解扰以获取DCI中的信息。The network device can scramble the DCI through the specific RNTI described above, such as CS-RNTI. The network device may send the DCI through a physical downlink control channel (PDCCH), for example. The terminal device can receive DCI through blind detection, and descramble based on CS-RNTI to obtain information in DCI.
网络设备发送DCI和终端设备接收DCI的具体方法可以参考现有技术,为了简洁,之类省略对其具体过程的详细说明。For specific methods of sending DCI by a network device and receiving DCI by a terminal device, reference may be made to the prior art. For brevity, detailed descriptions of specific processes are omitted.
在步骤240中,终端设备激活或去激活第一指示域所指示的configured grant configuration。In step 240, the terminal device activates or deactivates the configured grant configuration indicated by the first indication domain.
若终端设备在步骤230中基于特定的RNTI解扰成功,则终端设备可以确定该DCI是用于激活或去激活configured grant configuration的DCI,或用于重传调度。If the terminal device succeeds in descrambling based on the specific RNTI in step 230, the terminal device may determine whether the DCI is used to activate or deactivate a configured DCI or to retransmit scheduling.
终端设备可以进一步根据该DCI中的NDI域等域确定该DCI是用于激活或去激活configured grant configuration还是用于重传调度。通过DCI中的NDI域等域确定该DCI是用于激活或去激活configured grant configuration还是用于重传调度的具体方法在上文中已经做了详细说明,为了简洁,这里不再赘述。The terminal device may further determine whether the DCI is used to activate or deactivate a configured grant configuration or a retransmission scheduling according to a domain such as an NDI domain in the DCI. The specific method for determining whether the DCI is used for activating or deactivating the configured or granted configuration or retransmission scheduling through the NDI domain and other domains in the DCI has been described in detail above. For brevity, it will not be repeated here.
应理解,通过DCI的加扰类型以及NDI域等域来确定DCI是用于激活或去激活configured grant configuration还是用于重传调度仅为一种可能的实现方式,而不应对本申请构成任何限定。例如,网络设备可以通过不同类型的RNTI加扰DCI,以区分用于激活或去激活configured grant configuration的DCI和用于重传调度的DCI;又例如,网络设备也可以通过其他字段来指示该DCI的功能,本申请对此不作限定。It should be understood that determining whether DCI is used for activating or deactivating configured grant grant configuration or retransmission scheduling through domains such as the scramble type of DCI and the NDI domain is only one possible implementation, and should not constitute any limitation on this application. . For example, a network device may scramble DCI through different types of RNTIs to distinguish between the DCI used to activate or deactivate the configured DCI and the DCI used for retransmission scheduling; for example, the network device may indicate the DCI through other fields This application does not limit this.
若终端设备确定接收到的DCI用于激活或去激活configured grant configuration,则终端设备可以根据该DCI和该第一指示域指示的configured grant configuration的索引确定激活或去激活的configured grant configuration。If the terminal device determines that the received DCI is used to activate or deactivate a configured grant configuration, the terminal device may determine an activated or deactivated configured grant grant configuration according to the DCI and the index of the configured grant configuration indicated by the first indication domain.
可以理解的是,该configured grant configuration与索引的一一对应关系可以是网络设备和终端设备预先约定的。例如可以是预先定义,如协议定义,也可以是网络设备通过高 层信令指示终端设备的,本申请对此不作限定。It can be understood that the one-to-one correspondence between the configured grant and the configuration may be predetermined by the network device and the terminal device. For example, it may be defined in advance, such as a protocol definition, or a network device may instruct a terminal device through high-level signaling, which is not limited in this application.
可选地,该方法200还包括:若该DCI用于激活configured grant configuration,终端设备可以基于该第一指示域所指示的configured grant configuration以及该DCI,发送PUSCH。相应地,网络设备接收PUSCH。Optionally, the method 200 further includes: if the DCI is used to activate the configured grant configuration, the terminal device may send a PUSCH based on the configured grant configuration indicated by the first indication domain and the DCI. Accordingly, the network device receives the PUSCH.
具体地,终端设备可以根据该第一指示域所指示的configured grant configuration确定部分传输资源和传输参数,并结合DCI中指示的传输资源和传输参数,发送PUSCH。网络设备可以基于相同的传输资源和传输资源,接收该PUSCH。Specifically, the terminal device may determine part of the transmission resources and transmission parameters according to the configured grant configuration indicated by the first indication field, and send the PUSCH in combination with the transmission resources and transmission parameters indicated in the DCI. The network device may receive the PUSCH based on the same transmission resources and transmission resources.
可选地,该方法200还包括:若该DCI用于去激活configured grant configuration,终端设备释放(或者说,去激活)该第一指示域所指示的configured grant configuration。网络设备则不再基于该去激活的configured grant configuration接收PUSCH。Optionally, the method 200 further includes: if the DCI is used to deactivate the configured grant configuration, the terminal device releases (or deactivates) the configured grant configuration indicated by the first indication domain. The network device no longer receives PUSCH based on the deactivated configured grant configuration.
终端设备激活或去激活configured grant configuration的具体过程可以参考现有技术,为了简洁,这里省略对其具体过程的详细说明。The specific process of activating or deactivating the configured configuration of the terminal device may refer to the prior art. For brevity, detailed description of the specific process is omitted here.
基于上述技术方案,第一指示域在DCI中的位置不会受到第一类域的长度的影响,终端设备可以基于固定的位置解析第一指示域。由此,终端设备可以准确地确定激活或去激活的configured grant configuration。在激活configured grant configuration的情况下,基于其中的参数和DCI传输PUSCH;在去激活configured grant configuration的情况下,释放configured grant configuration。因此,免动态授权的PUSCH传输不会受到影响,有利于上行免动态授权传输在各个场景中的使用。Based on the above technical solution, the position of the first indication domain in the DCI is not affected by the length of the first type of domain, and the terminal device can resolve the first indication domain based on the fixed location. Therefore, the terminal device can accurately determine the activated or deactivated configured grant configuration. When the configured grant grant configuration is activated, the PUSCH is transmitted based on the parameters therein and the DCI; when the configured grant grant configuration is deactivated, the configured grant configuration is released. Therefore, PUSCH transmission without dynamic authorization will not be affected, which is beneficial to the use of uplink dynamic authorization-free transmission in various scenarios.
相反,如果第一指示域在DCI中的位置受到第一类域的长度的影响,其在DCI中的位置就不能确定。终端设备可能需要花费较长的时间去寻找第一指示域,或者,找不到第一指示域。因此,影响了免动态授权的PUSCH传输。例如,可能带来较大的时延,这不利于上行免动态授权传输在某些对时延较为敏感的场景中的使用。Conversely, if the position of the first indication domain in the DCI is affected by the length of the first type of domain, its position in the DCI cannot be determined. The terminal device may take a long time to find the first indication domain, or may not find the first indication domain. Therefore, it affects PUSCH transmission without dynamic authorization. For example, it may bring a large delay, which is not conducive to the use of uplink dynamic authorization-free transmission in some scenarios that are sensitive to delay.
上文中提供了一种配置方法,可以方便终端设备基于固定的位置确定并解析第一指示域,从而可以基于第一指示域中的configured grant configuration的索引,激活或去激活该索引所对应的configured grant configuration。然而,该DCI并不仅限于激活或去激活configured grant configuration,还可以用于重传调度。并且,当该DCI用于重传调度时,也可以通过相同类型的RNTI来加扰,如CS-RNTI。终端设备可以根据DCI中的HPN域确定需要重传的传输块以及重传使用的configured grant configuration,该configured grant configuration可用于指示重传使用的参数。然而,由于HPN域在不同的DCI中的位置并不一定相同,终端设备无法基于固定的位置去解析HPN域中的信息,也就无法确定需要重传的传输块以及重传使用的configured grant configuration。The above provides a configuration method that can facilitate the terminal device to determine and parse the first indication domain based on a fixed location, so that it can activate or deactivate the configured corresponding to the index based on the configured grant in the first indication domain grant configuration. However, the DCI is not limited to activating or deactivating the configured grant configuration, but can also be used for retransmission scheduling. In addition, when the DCI is used for retransmission scheduling, scrambling may also be performed through the same type of RNTI, such as CS-RNTI. The terminal device can determine the transmission block that needs to be retransmitted and the configured grant grant configuration for retransmission according to the HPN field in the DCI. The configured grant configuration can be used to indicate the parameters used for retransmission. However, because the location of the HPN domain in different DCIs is not necessarily the same, the terminal device cannot parse the information in the HPN domain based on the fixed location, and it cannot determine the transmission blocks that need to be retransmitted and the configured grant grant used for retransmission. .
本申请另提供一种数据传输的方法,以便于终端设备基于固定的位置解析HPN域,从而可以确定需要重传的传输块以及重传使用的configured grant configuration,并基于该configured grant configuration重传数据。This application also provides a method for data transmission, so that the terminal device can analyze the HPN domain based on a fixed location, so that it can determine the transmission block that needs to be retransmitted and the configured grant configuration used for retransmission, and retransmit the data based on the configured grant .
图15是从设备交互的角度示出的本申请另一实施例提供的数据传输的方法300的示意性流程图。如图所示,该方法300可以包括步骤310至步骤350。下面详细说明方法300中的各个步骤。FIG. 15 is a schematic flowchart of a data transmission method 300 according to another embodiment of the present application, which is shown from the perspective of device interaction. As shown, the method 300 may include steps 310 to 350. Each step in the method 300 is described in detail below.
在步骤310中,网络设备发送配置信息,该配置信息用于配置多个configured grant configurations。相应地,终端设备接收该配置信息。In step 310, the network device sends configuration information, and the configuration information is used to configure a plurality of configured grant configurations. Accordingly, the terminal device receives the configuration information.
步骤310的具体过程与上文方法200中步骤210的具体过程相同。由于上文方法200中对步骤210已经做了详细说明,为了简洁,这里不再赘述。The specific process of step 310 is the same as the specific process of step 210 in the method 200 above. Since step 210 has been described in detail in the method 200 above, for brevity, it will not be repeated here.
在步骤320中,网络设备生成DCI,该DCI包括第一指示域,该第一指示域用于指示重传使用的configured grant configuration。In step 320, the network device generates a DCI, where the DCI includes a first indication field, and the first indication field is used to indicate a configured grant configuration used for retransmission.
在本实施例中,该DCI可以用于调度重传。重传所使用的参数可以由步骤310中预先配置的多个configured grant configuration中的一个。重传所使用的参数例如可以包括:波形、资源分配类型、跳频模式、DMRS相关参数、MCS表格以及RBG大小中的一项或多项。In this embodiment, the DCI can be used for scheduling retransmission. The parameters used for retransmission may be one of a plurality of configured grants configured in advance in step 310. The parameters used for retransmission may include, for example, one or more of a waveform, a resource allocation type, a frequency hopping mode, a DMRS-related parameter, an MCS table, and an RBG size.
如前所述,该DCI可以是由特定类型的RNTI加扰的DCI。当终端设备在接收到DCI时,可以根据加扰DCI的RNTI的类型,确定该DCI是否用于激活或去激活configured grant configuration,或者用于重传调度。As mentioned earlier, the DCI may be a DCI scrambled by a specific type of RNTI. When the terminal device receives the DCI, it can determine whether the DCI is used for activating or deactivating the configured grant grant configuration or for retransmission scheduling according to the type of the RNTI that scrambles the DCI.
与方法200相似地,该DCI中的域也可以分为第一类域和第二类域。由于方法200中已经对第一类域和第二类域作了详细说明,为了简洁,这里不再赘述。Similar to method 200, the domains in the DCI can also be divided into first-type domains and second-type domains. Since the first-type domain and the second-type domain have been described in detail in the method 200, for the sake of brevity, they are not repeated here.
在本实施例中,该第一类域可以包括跳频标识域和频域资源指配域。In this embodiment, the first type of domain may include a frequency hopping identification domain and a frequency domain resource assignment domain.
在本实施例中,该第二类域可以包括第一指示域,该第一指示域可用于指示重传使用的configured grant configuration。作为示例而非限定,该第一指示域为HPN域。当然,该第一指示域也可以为其他可用于指示重传使用的configured grant configuration的域。在这种情况下,该第二类域还可以包括HPN域。可选地,该第二类域还包括NDI域。In this embodiment, the second type of domain may include a first indication domain, and the first indication domain may be used to indicate a configured grant grant configuration for retransmission. By way of example and not limitation, the first indication domain is an HPN domain. Of course, the first indication domain may also be another configured domain that can be used to indicate the use of configured regrants. In this case, the second type of domain may also include an HPN domain. Optionally, the second type of domain further includes an NDI domain.
需要说明的是,当HPN域为第一指示域时,该HPN域中携带HARQ进程号。该HARQ进程号可用于确定重传的数据。在本实施例中,该网络设备和终端设备可以预先确定HARQ进程号与configured grant configuration的对应关系。例如,可以根据configured grant configuration的时域资源索引计算HARQ进程号。因此,该HARQ进程号可用于间接地指示重传所使用的configured grant configuration。或者说,HPN域可用于确定重传所使用的configured grant configuration。It should be noted that when the HPN domain is the first indication domain, the HPN domain carries a HARQ process number. The HARQ process number can be used to determine the retransmitted data. In this embodiment, the network device and the terminal device can determine the correspondence between the HARQ process number and the configured grant configuration in advance. For example, the HARQ process number can be calculated based on the time domain resource index of the configured grant. Therefore, the HARQ process number can be used to indirectly indicate the configured grant configuration used for retransmission. In other words, the HPN domain can be used to determine the configured grant configuration used for retransmissions.
当HPN域与第一指示域为不同的域时,该第一指示域可直接携带重传所使用的configured grant configuration的索引。此情况下,终端设备可以根据第一指示域确定重传使用的configured grant configuration。When the HPN domain and the first indication domain are different domains, the first indication domain may directly carry the configured configuration grant index used for retransmission. In this case, the terminal device may determine the configured grant configuration for retransmission according to the first indication field.
在本实施例中,DCI中各个域的排布情况与方法200所示出的实施例中DCI中各个域的排布情况相同。因此网络设备可以基于与方法200中所提供的方式生成DCI。例如,若该DCI是基于预先定义的DCI格式生成,网络设备可以在确定该DCI用于重传调度的情况下,基于方法200的情况一中所描述的方式一或方式二移动第一指示域;若该DCI被定义为专门用于重传调度的DCI,网络设备可以按照方法200中的情况二或情况三中的任意一种设计来生成DCI,以避免上述第一指示域的位置不固定的问题。In this embodiment, the arrangement of the domains in the DCI is the same as the arrangement of the domains in the DCI in the embodiment shown in the method 200. Therefore, the network device may generate the DCI based on the manner provided in the method 200. For example, if the DCI is generated based on a predefined DCI format, the network device may move the first indication field based on the method 1 or the method 2 described in the case 1 of the method 200 when it is determined that the DCI is used for retransmission scheduling. ; If the DCI is defined as a DCI specifically used for retransmission scheduling, the network device may generate the DCI according to any one of the case 2 or the case 3 in the method 200, so as to avoid that the position of the first indication field is not fixed. The problem.
可选地,该第一指示域为HPN域。该DCI是用于激活或去激活configured grant configuration还是用于重传调度可以根据NDI域确定。在该DCI用于激活或去激活configured grant configuration的情况下,该HPN域的后3个比特可用于指示激活或去激活的configured grant configuration的索引;而在该DCI用于重传调度的情况下,该HPN域可用于指示HARQ进程号。Optionally, the first indication domain is an HPN domain. Whether the DCI is used to activate or deactivate the configured grant or retransmission scheduling can be determined according to the NDI domain. In the case that the DCI is used to activate or deactivate the configured grant grant configuration, the last 3 bits of the HPN domain can be used to indicate the index of the activated or deactivated configured grant grant configuration; and in the case that the DCI is used for retransmission scheduling This HPN field can be used to indicate the HARQ process number.
则网络设备基于上文所列举的方法生成的DCI中,该NDI域也可以位于所有第一类 域之前,或者位于DCI的最后位置。并且,本申请对NDI域和第一指示域的相对位置关系不作限定。Then, in the DCI generated by the network device based on the method listed above, the NDI domain may also be located before all domains of the first type, or located at the last position of the DCI. Moreover, the relative position relationship between the NDI domain and the first indication domain is not limited in this application.
可选地,该第一指示域与HPN域为不同的域。则网络设备基于上文所列举的方法生成的DCI中,第一指示域可以位于所有第一类域之前,或者DCI的最后位置,而对NDI域的位置不作限定。Optionally, the first indication domain and the HPN domain are different domains. In the DCI generated by the network device based on the method listed above, the first indication domain may be located before all the first type domains or the last position of the DCI, and the position of the NDI domain is not limited.
由于上文方法200中已经结合附图详细说明了不同的情况下网络设备生成DCI的具体过程以及DCI中各个域的排布顺序,为了简洁,这里不再赘述。步骤320的具体过程可以参看上文中步骤220的具体过程。Since the specific process of generating DCI by the network device in different situations and the arrangement order of the various domains in the DCI have been described in detail in the method 200 above with reference to the accompanying drawings, for the sake of brevity, it will not be repeated here. For the specific process of step 320, refer to the specific process of step 220 above.
在步骤330中,网络设备发送该DCI。相应地,终端设备接收该DCI。In step 330, the network device sends the DCI. Accordingly, the terminal device receives the DCI.
在步骤340中,终端设备根据该DCI和该第一指示域所指示的configured grant configuration,重传传输块。相应地,网络设备接收重传的传输块。In step 340, the terminal device retransmits the transmission block according to the DCI and the configured grant configuration indicated by the first indication domain. Accordingly, the network device receives the retransmitted transport block.
可选地,在步骤340之前,该方法还包括步骤350,终端设备根据HPN域确定重传的传输块。Optionally, before step 340, the method further includes step 350, in which the terminal device determines a retransmitted transmission block according to the HPN domain.
当第一指示域和HPN域为同一个域时,网络设备可以根据该HPN域确定重传的传输块以及重传所使用的configured grant configuration。When the first indication domain and the HPN domain are the same domain, the network device may determine the retransmitted transmission block and the configured grant grant configuration for the retransmission according to the HPN domain.
当第一指示域和HPN域为不同的域时,网络设备仍然可以基于上述方法生成DCI。由于第一指示域的位置固定后,终端设备可以基于固定的位置解析第一指示域,进而可以确定重传所使用的configured grant configuration。同时,终端设备可以根据重传所使用的configured grant configuration确定第一类域的比特数,进而可以确定其他第二类域的位置,例如,HPN域。When the first indication domain and the HPN domain are different domains, the network device may still generate DCI based on the above method. Since the location of the first indication domain is fixed, the terminal device can parse the first indication domain based on the fixed location, and then can determine the configured grant configuration used for retransmission. At the same time, the terminal device can determine the number of bits of the first type domain according to the configured grant configuration used for retransmission, and then can determine the location of other second type domains, such as the HPN domain.
或者,网络设备也可以在生成DCI的过程中,按照对第一指示域的处理方式相似的方式处理HPN域,使得所生成的DCI中的HPN域位于所有第一类域之前,或者在不包含补零比特的DCI中,位于所有第一类域之后,或者位于DCI的所有补零比特之后。此外,本申请对于第一指示域、HPN域和NDI域的相对位置关系也不作限定。Alternatively, the network device may also process the HPN domain in a similar manner to the processing of the first indication domain in the process of generating the DCI, so that the HPN domain in the generated DCI precedes all first-type domains, or does not include In the DCI with zero padding bits, it is located after all domains of the first type, or after all zero padding bits with DCI. In addition, this application does not limit the relative positional relationship of the first indication domain, the HPN domain, and the NDI domain.
无论采用哪种方式,协议可以预先定义各个域在DCI中的位置。例如,第一指示域为DCI中所有第一类域之前的最后一个域;又例如,第一指示域为DCI的最后一个域,且第一指示域占用DCI的最后一个比特位;又例如,第一指示域和NDI域为DCI中所有第一类域之前的最后两个连续的域,且NDI域位于第一指示域之前;又例如,第一指示域和NDI域为DCI中所有补零比特之后的最后两个连续的域,且NDI域位于第一指示域之前;又例如,第一指示域、NDI域和HPN域为DCI中所有第一类域之前的最后三个连续的域,且NDI域位于第一指示域之前,第一指示域位于HPN域之前等。为了简洁,这里不再一一列举。网络设备可以基于协议的定义生成DCI,终端设备可以基于协议的定义解析DCI。Either way, the protocol can predefine the position of each domain in the DCI. For example, the first indication field is the last field before all the first-type fields in DCI; for example, the first indication field is the last field of DCI, and the first indication field occupies the last bit of DCI; for example, The first indication field and the NDI field are the last two consecutive fields before all the first type fields in the DCI, and the NDI field is located before the first indication field; for example, the first indication field and the NDI field are all zero-padded in the DCI The last two consecutive domains after the bit, and the NDI domain is before the first indicator domain; for example, the first indicator domain, the NDI domain, and the HPN domain are the last three consecutive domains before all the first-type domains in DCI, And the NDI domain is located before the first indication domain, the first indication domain is located before the HPN domain, and so on. For brevity, we will not list them one by one here. Network equipment can generate DCI based on the definition of the protocol, and terminal equipment can analyze DCI based on the definition of the protocol.
终端设备在基于HPN域中所指示的HARQ进程号确定需要重传的传输块之后,便可以根据DCI和重传所使用的configured grant configuration,通过PUSCH传输重传传输块。网络设备则可以根据DCI和重传所使用的configured grant configuration在PUSCH上接收该重传的传输块。After the terminal device determines the transmission block that needs to be retransmitted based on the HARQ process number indicated in the HPN domain, it can transmit the retransmission transmission block through PUSCH according to the configured DCI and the configured grant grant used for the retransmission. The network device can receive the retransmitted transport block on the PUSCH according to the configured grant configuration used by the DCI and the retransmission.
终端设备发送重传传输块的具体过程可以参考现有技术,为了简洁,这里省略对其具体过程的详细说明。For a specific process of the terminal device sending the retransmission transmission block, reference may be made to the prior art. For brevity, a detailed description of the specific process is omitted here.
基于上述技术方案,第一指示域在DCI中的位置不会受到第一类域的长度的影响,终 端设备可以基于固定的位置解析第一指示域。由此,终端设备可以准确地确定重传所使用的configured grant configuration。因此,终端设备可以根据DCI和configured grant configuration中的部分参数,通过配置授权的PUSCH重传传输块。从而实现数据重传,有利于提高数据传输的整体可靠性。Based on the above technical solution, the position of the first indication domain in the DCI is not affected by the length of the first type of domain, and the terminal device can resolve the first indication domain based on the fixed position. As a result, the terminal device can accurately determine the configured grant configuration used for retransmission. Therefore, the terminal device can retransmit the transmission block by configuring the authorized PUSCH according to some parameters in the DCI and the configured grant configuration. In order to achieve data retransmission, it is beneficial to improve the overall reliability of data transmission.
相反,如果第一指示域在DCI中的位置受到第一类域的长度的影响,其在DCI中的位置就不能确定。终端设备可能需要花费较长的时间去寻找第一指示域,甚至找不到第一指示域。因此,影响了PUSCH的免动态授权传输,使得通过配置授权的PUSCH来重传传输块带来的降低时延的优势不能得以充分发挥。Conversely, if the position of the first indication domain in the DCI is affected by the length of the first type of domain, its position in the DCI cannot be determined. The terminal device may take a long time to find the first indication domain, and may not even find the first indication domain. Therefore, the dynamic authorization-free transmission of the PUSCH is affected, so that the advantage of reducing the delay caused by retransmitting the transmission block by configuring the authorized PUSCH cannot be fully utilized.
应理解,上述实施例中,各过程的序号的大小并不意味着执行顺序的先后,各过程的执行顺序应以其功能和内在逻辑确定,而不应对本申请实施例的实施过程构成任何限定。It should be understood that, in the above embodiments, the size of the sequence numbers of the processes does not mean the order of execution. The execution order of each process should be determined by its function and internal logic, and should not constitute any limitation on the implementation process of the embodiments of this application. .
以上,结合图2至图15详细说明了本申请实施例提供的方法。以下,结合图16至图18详细说明本申请实施例提供的通信装置。In the foregoing, the method provided by the embodiment of the present application has been described in detail with reference to FIGS. 2 to 15. Hereinafter, the communication device provided in the embodiment of the present application will be described in detail with reference to FIGS. 16 to 18.
图16是本申请实施例提供的通信装置的示意性框图。如图所示,该通信装置1000可以包括通信单元1100和处理单元1200。FIG. 16 is a schematic block diagram of a communication apparatus according to an embodiment of the present application. As shown, the communication device 1000 may include a communication unit 1100 and a processing unit 1200.
在一种可能的设计中,该通信装置1000可对应于上文方法实施例中的终端设备。例如,可以为终端设备,或者配置于终端设备中的芯片。In a possible design, the communication device 1000 may correspond to the terminal device in the foregoing method embodiment. For example, it may be a terminal device, or a chip configured in the terminal device.
具体地,该通信装置1000可对应于根据本申请实施例的方法200和方法300中的终端设备,该通信装置1000可以包括用于执行图2中的方法300或图15中的方法300中的终端设备执行的方法的单元。并且,该通信装置1000中的各单元和上述其他操作和/或功能分别为了实现图2中的方法300或图15中的方法300的相应流程。Specifically, the communication device 1000 may correspond to a terminal device in the method 200 and the method 300 according to the embodiment of the present application. The communication device 1000 may include a method for performing the method 300 in FIG. 2 or the method 300 in FIG. 15. A unit of a method performed by a terminal device. In addition, each unit in the communication device 1000 and the other operations and / or functions described above are respectively to implement a corresponding process of the method 300 in FIG. 2 or the method 300 in FIG. 15.
其中,当该通信装置1000用于执行图2中的方法200时,通信单元1100可用于执行方法200中的步骤210至步骤230,处理单元1200可用于执行方法200中的步骤240。When the communication device 1000 is used to execute the method 200 in FIG. 2, the communication unit 1100 may be used to execute steps 210 to 230 in the method 200, and the processing unit 1200 may be used to execute step 240 in the method 200.
当该通信装置1000用于执行图15中的方法300时,通信单元1100可用于执行方法300中的步骤310、步骤330和步骤340,处理单元1200可用于执行方法300中的步骤350。When the communication device 1000 is used to execute the method 300 in FIG. 15, the communication unit 1100 may be used to execute steps 310, 330, and 340 in the method 300, and the processing unit 1200 may be used to execute step 350 in the method 300.
应理解,各单元执行上述相应步骤的具体过程在上述方法实施例中已经详细说明,为了简洁,在此不再赘述。It should be understood that the specific process for each unit to execute the above corresponding steps has been described in detail in the foregoing method embodiment, and for the sake of brevity, it will not be repeated here.
还应理解,该通信装置1000为终端设备时,该通信装置1000中的通信单元1100可对应于图17中示出的终端设备2000中的收发器2020,该通信装置1000中的处理单元1200可对应于图17中示出的终端设备2000中的处理器2010。It should also be understood that when the communication device 1000 is a terminal device, the communication unit 1100 in the communication device 1000 may correspond to the transceiver 2020 in the terminal device 2000 shown in FIG. 17, and the processing unit 1200 in the communication device 1000 may Corresponds to the processor 2010 in the terminal device 2000 shown in FIG. 17.
还应理解,该通信装置1000为配置于终端设备中的芯片时,该通信装置1000中的通信单元1100可以为输入/输出接口。It should also be understood that when the communication device 1000 is a chip configured in a terminal device, the communication unit 1100 in the communication device 1000 may be an input / output interface.
在另一种可能的设计中,该通信装置1000可对应于上文方法实施例中的网络设备。例如,可以为网络设备,或者配置于网络设备中的芯片。In another possible design, the communication device 1000 may correspond to the network device in the foregoing method embodiment. For example, it may be a network device, or a chip configured in the network device.
在另一种可能的设计中,该通信装置1000可对应于上文方法实施例中的网络设备,例如,可以为网络设备,或者配置于网络设备中的芯片。In another possible design, the communication device 1000 may correspond to the network device in the foregoing method embodiment. For example, the communication device 1000 may be a network device or a chip configured in the network device.
具体地,该通信装置1000可对应于根据本申请实施例的方法300和方法300中的网络设备,该通信装置1000可以包括用于执行图2中的方法200或图15中的方法300中的网络设备执行的方法的单元。并且,该通信装置1000中的各单元和上述其他操作和/或功能分别为了实现图2中的方法300或图15中的方法300的相应流程。Specifically, the communication device 1000 may correspond to the method 300 and the network device in the method 300 according to the embodiment of the present application. The communication device 1000 may include a method for performing the method 200 in FIG. 2 or the method 300 in FIG. 15. A unit of a method performed by a network device. In addition, each unit in the communication device 1000 and the other operations and / or functions described above are respectively to implement a corresponding process of the method 300 in FIG. 2 or the method 300 in FIG. 15.
其中,当该通信装置1000用于执行图2中的方法200时,通信单元1100可用于执行方法200中的步骤210至步骤230,处理单元1200可用于执行方法200中的步骤220。When the communication device 1000 is used to execute the method 200 in FIG. 2, the communication unit 1100 may be used to execute steps 210 to 230 in the method 200, and the processing unit 1200 may be used to execute step 220 in the method 200.
当该通信装置1000用于执行图15中的方法300时,通信单元1100可用于执行方法300中的步骤310、步骤330和步骤340,处理单元1200可用于执行方法300中的步骤320。When the communication device 1000 is used to execute the method 300 in FIG. 15, the communication unit 1100 may be used to execute steps 310, 330, and 340 in the method 300, and the processing unit 1200 may be used to execute step 320 in the method 300.
还应理解,该通信装置1000为网络设备时,该通信装置1000中的通信单元为可对应于图18中示出的网络设备3000中的收发器3200,该通信装置1000中的处理单元1200可对应于图18中示出的网络设备3000中的处理器3100。It should also be understood that when the communication device 1000 is a network device, the communication unit in the communication device 1000 is a transceiver 3200 that may correspond to the network device 3000 shown in FIG. 18, and the processing unit 1200 in the communication device 1000 may be Corresponds to the processor 3100 in the network device 3000 shown in FIG. 18.
还应理解,该通信装置1000为配置于网络设备中的芯片时,该通信装置1000中的通信单元1100可以为输入/输出接口。It should also be understood that when the communication device 1000 is a chip configured in a network device, the communication unit 1100 in the communication device 1000 may be an input / output interface.
图17是本申请实施例提供的终端设备2000的结构示意图。该终端设备2000可应用于如图1所示的系统中,执行上述方法实施例中终端设备的功能。FIG. 17 is a schematic structural diagram of a terminal device 2000 according to an embodiment of the present application. The terminal device 2000 may be applied to the system shown in FIG. 1 to perform the functions of the terminal device in the foregoing method embodiment.
如图所示,该终端设备2000包括处理器2010和收发器2020。可选地,该终端设备2000还包括存储器2030。其中,处理器2010、收发器2002和存储器2030之间可以通过内部连接通路互相通信,传递控制和/或数据信号,该存储器2030用于存储计算机程序,该处理器2010用于从该存储器2030中调用并运行该计算机程序,以控制该收发器2020收发信号。可选地,终端设备2000还可以包括天线2040,用于将收发器2020输出的上行数据或上行控制信令通过无线信号发送出去。As shown, the terminal device 2000 includes a processor 2010 and a transceiver 2020. Optionally, the terminal device 2000 further includes a memory 2030. Among them, the processor 2010, the transceiver 2002, and the memory 2030 can communicate with each other through an internal connection path to transfer control and / or data signals. The memory 2030 is used to store a computer program, and the processor 2010 is used to store the computer program from the memory 2030 The computer program is called and run to control the transceiver 2020 to send and receive signals. Optionally, the terminal device 2000 may further include an antenna 2040 for sending uplink data or uplink control signaling output by the transceiver 2020 through a wireless signal.
上述处理器2010可以和存储器2030可以合成一个处理装置,处理器2010用于执行存储器2030中存储的程序代码来实现上述功能。具体实现时,该存储器2030也可以集成在处理器2010中,或者独立于处理器2010。该处理器2010可以与图16中的处理单元对应。The processor 2010 and the memory 2030 may be combined into a processing device, and the processor 2010 is configured to execute program codes stored in the memory 2030 to implement the foregoing functions. In specific implementation, the memory 2030 may also be integrated in the processor 2010 or independent of the processor 2010. The processor 2010 may correspond to the processing unit in FIG. 16.
上述收发器2020可以与图16中的通信单元对应,也可以称为收发单元。收发器2020可以包括接收器(或称接收机、接收电路)和发射器(或称发射机、发射电路)。其中,接收器用于接收信号,发射器用于发射信号。The above-mentioned transceiver 2020 may correspond to the communication unit in FIG. 16, and may also be referred to as a transceiver unit. The transceiver 2020 may include a receiver (or receiver, or receiving circuit) and a transmitter (or transmitter, or transmitting circuit). The receiver is used for receiving signals, and the transmitter is used for transmitting signals.
应理解,图17所示的终端设备2000能够实现图2和图15所示方法实施例中涉及终端设备的各个过程。终端设备2000中的各个模块的操作和/或功能,分别为了实现上述方法实施例中的相应流程。具体可参见上述方法实施例中的描述,为避免重复,此处适当省略详细描述。It should be understood that the terminal device 2000 shown in FIG. 17 can implement various processes related to the terminal device in the method embodiments shown in FIG. 2 and FIG. 15. Operations and / or functions of each module in the terminal device 2000 are respectively implemented to implement corresponding processes in the foregoing method embodiments. For details, refer to the description in the foregoing method embodiments. To avoid repetition, detailed descriptions are appropriately omitted here.
上述处理器2010可以用于执行前面方法实施例中描述的由终端设备内部实现的动作,而收发器2020可以用于执行前面方法实施例中描述的终端设备向网络设备发送或从网络设备接收的动作。具体请见前面方法实施例中的描述,此处不再赘述。The above processor 2010 may be used to perform the actions implemented in the terminal device described in the previous method embodiment, and the transceiver 2020 may be used to execute the terminal device described in the previous method embodiment to send or receive from the network device to the network device. action. For details, refer to the description in the foregoing method embodiment, and details are not described herein again.
可选地,上述终端设备2000还可以包括电源2050,用于给终端设备中的各种器件或电路提供电源。Optionally, the above-mentioned terminal device 2000 may further include a power source 2050 for supplying power to various devices or circuits in the terminal device.
除此之外,为了使得终端设备的功能更加完善,该终端设备2000还可以包括输入单元2060、显示单元2070、音频电路2080、摄像头2090和传感器2100等中的一个或多个,所述音频电路还可以包括扬声器2082、麦克风2084等。In addition, in order to make the functions of the terminal device more complete, the terminal device 2000 may further include one or more of an input unit 2060, a display unit 2070, an audio circuit 2080, a camera 2090, and a sensor 2100. The audio circuit A speaker 2082, a microphone 2084, and the like may also be included.
图18是本申请实施例提供的网络设备的结构示意图,例如可以为基站的结构示意图。该基站3000可应用于如图1所示的系统中,执行上述方法实施例中网络设备的功能。FIG. 18 is a schematic structural diagram of a network device according to an embodiment of the present application, and may be, for example, a structural schematic diagram of a base station. The base station 3000 can be applied to the system shown in FIG. 1 and executes the functions of the network device in the foregoing method embodiment.
如图所示,该基站3000可以包括一个或多个射频单元,如远端射频单元(remote radio  unit,RRU)3100和一个或多个基带单元(baseband unit,BBU)(也可称为数字单元,digital unit,DU)3200。所述RRU 3100可以称为收发单元,与图16中的通信单元1200对应。可选地,该收发单元3100还可以称为收发机、收发电路、或者收发器等等,其可以包括至少一个天线3101和射频单元3102。可选地,收发单元3100可以包括接收单元和发送单元,接收单元可以对应于接收器(或称接收机、接收电路),发送单元可以对应于发射器(或称发射机、发射电路)。所述RRU 3100部分主要用于射频信号的收发以及射频信号与基带信号的转换,例如用于向终端设备发送指示信息。所述BBU 3200部分主要用于进行基带处理,对基站进行控制等。所述RRU 3100与BBU 3200可以是物理上设置在一起,也可以物理上分离设置的,即分布式基站。As shown in the figure, the base station 3000 may include one or more radio frequency units, such as a remote radio unit (RRU) 3100 and one or more baseband units (BBU) (also referred to as a digital unit). , Digital unit, DU) 3200. The RRU 3100 may be referred to as a transceiver unit, and corresponds to the communication unit 1200 in FIG. 16. Optionally, the transceiver unit 3100 may also be referred to as a transceiver, a transceiver circuit, or a transceiver, etc., which may include at least one antenna 3101 and a radio frequency unit 3102. Optionally, the transceiver unit 3100 may include a receiving unit and a transmitting unit. The receiving unit may correspond to a receiver (or a receiver or a receiving circuit), and the transmitting unit may correspond to a transmitter (or a transmitter or a transmitting circuit). The RRU 3100 part is mainly used for transmitting and receiving radio frequency signals and converting radio frequency signals to baseband signals, for example, for sending instruction information to terminal equipment. The BBU 3200 part is mainly used for baseband processing and controlling base stations. The RRU 3100 and the BBU 3200 may be physically located together, or may be physically separated, that is, a distributed base station.
所述BBU 3200为基站的控制中心,也可以称为处理单元,可以与图16中的处理单元1100对应,主要用于完成基带处理功能,如信道编码,复用,调制,扩频等等。例如所述BBU(处理单元)可以用于控制基站执行上述方法实施例中关于网络设备的操作流程,例如,生成上述指示信息等。The BBU 3200 is a control center of a base station, and may also be called a processing unit, which may correspond to the processing unit 1100 in FIG. 16, and is mainly used to complete baseband processing functions, such as channel coding, multiplexing, modulation, spreading, and the like. For example, the BBU (Processing Unit) may be used to control the base station to execute the operation procedure on the network device in the foregoing method embodiment, for example, to generate the foregoing instruction information and the like.
在一个示例中,所述BBU 3200可以由一个或多个单板构成,多个单板可以共同支持单一接入制式的无线接入网(如LTE网),也可以分别支持不同接入制式的无线接入网(如LTE网,5G网或其他网)。所述BBU 3200还包括存储器3201和处理器3202。所述存储器3201用以存储必要的指令和数据。所述处理器3202用于控制基站进行必要的动作,例如用于控制基站执行上述方法实施例中关于网络设备的操作流程。所述存储器3201和处理器3202可以服务于一个或多个单板。也就是说,可以每个单板上单独设置存储器和处理器。也可以是多个单板共用相同的存储器和处理器。此外每个单板上还可以设置有必要的电路。In one example, the BBU 3200 may be composed of one or more boards, and multiple boards may jointly support a wireless access network (such as an LTE network) of a single access system, or may separately support different access systems. Wireless access network (such as LTE network, 5G network or other networks). The BBU 3200 further includes a memory 3201 and a processor 3202. The memory 3201 is configured to store necessary instructions and data. The processor 3202 is configured to control a base station to perform necessary actions, for example, to control the base station to perform an operation procedure on a network device in the foregoing method embodiment. The memory 3201 and the processor 3202 may serve one or more single boards. That is, the memory and processor can be set separately on each board. It is also possible that multiple boards share the same memory and processor. In addition, the necessary circuits can be set on each board.
应理解,图18所示的基站3000能够实现图2和图15的方法实施例中涉及网络设备的各个过程。基站3000中的各个模块的操作和/或功能,分别为了实现上述方法实施例中的相应流程。具体可参见上述方法实施例中的描述,为避免重复,此处适当省略详细描述。It should be understood that the base station 3000 shown in FIG. 18 can implement various processes related to the network device in the method embodiments of FIG. 2 and FIG. 15. The operations and / or functions of each module in the base station 3000 are respectively to implement the corresponding processes in the foregoing method embodiments. For details, refer to the description in the foregoing method embodiments. To avoid repetition, detailed descriptions are appropriately omitted here.
上述BBU 3200可以用于执行前面方法实施例中描述的由网络设备内部实现的动作,而RRU 3100可以用于执行前面方法实施例中描述的网络设备向终端设备发送或从终端设备接收的动作。具体请见前面方法实施例中的描述,此处不再赘述。The above BBU 3200 can be used to perform the actions implemented by the network device described in the previous method embodiment, and the RRU 3100 can be used to perform the actions that the network device described in the previous method embodiment sends to or receives from the terminal device. For details, refer to the description in the foregoing method embodiment, and details are not described herein again.
本申请实施例还提供了一种处理装置,包括处理器和接口;所述处理器用于执行上述任一方法实施例中的方法。An embodiment of the present application further provides a processing apparatus including a processor and an interface; the processor is configured to execute the method in any one of the foregoing method embodiments.
应理解,上述处理装置可以是一个芯片。例如,该处理装置可以是现场可编程门阵列(field programmable gate array,FPGA),可以是专用集成芯片(application specific integrated circuit,ASIC),还可以是系统芯片(system on chip,SoC),还可以是中央处理器(central processor unit,CPU),还可以是网络处理器(network processor,NP),还可以是数字信号处理电路(digital signal processor,DSP),还可以是微控制器(micro controller unit,MCU),还可以是可编程控制器(programmable logic device,PLD)或其他集成芯片。It should be understood that the processing device may be a chip. For example, the processing device may be a field programmable gate array (FPGA), an application-specific integrated circuit (ASIC), or a system chip (SoC). It is a central processor (CPU), a network processor (NP), a digital signal processor (DSP), or a microcontroller (micro controller). (MCU), can also be a programmable controller (programmable logic device, PLD) or other integrated chips.
在实现过程中,上述方法的各步骤可以通过处理器中的硬件的集成逻辑电路或者软件形式的指令完成。结合本申请实施例所公开的方法的步骤可以直接体现为硬件处理器执行完成,或者用处理器中的硬件及软件模块组合执行完成。软件模块可以位于随机存储器,闪存、只读存储器,可编程只读存储器或者电可擦写可编程存储器、寄存器等本领域成熟 的存储介质中。该存储介质位于存储器,处理器读取存储器中的信息,结合其硬件完成上述方法的步骤。为避免重复,这里不再详细描述。In the implementation process, each step of the above method may be completed by an integrated logic circuit of hardware in a processor or an instruction in a form of software. The steps of the method disclosed in combination with the embodiments of the present application may be directly implemented by a hardware processor, or may be performed by a combination of hardware and software modules in the processor. The software module may be located in a mature storage medium such as a random access memory, a flash memory, a read-only memory, a programmable read-only memory, or an electrically erasable programmable memory, a register, and the like. The storage medium is located in a memory, and the processor reads the information in the memory and completes the steps of the foregoing method in combination with its hardware. To avoid repetition, it will not be described in detail here.
应注意,本申请实施例中的处理器可以是一种集成电路芯片,具有信号的处理能力。在实现过程中,上述方法实施例的各步骤可以通过处理器中的硬件的集成逻辑电路或者软件形式的指令完成。上述的处理器可以是通用处理器、数字信号处理器(DSP)、专用集成电路(ASIC)、现场可编程门阵列(FPGA)或者其他可编程逻辑器件、分立门或者晶体管逻辑器件、分立硬件组件。可以实现或者执行本申请实施例中的公开的各方法、步骤及逻辑框图。通用处理器可以是微处理器或者该处理器也可以是任何常规的处理器等。结合本申请实施例所公开的方法的步骤可以直接体现为硬件译码处理器执行完成,或者用译码处理器中的硬件及软件模块组合执行完成。软件模块可以位于随机存储器,闪存、只读存储器,可编程只读存储器或者电可擦写可编程存储器、寄存器等本领域成熟的存储介质中。该存储介质位于存储器,处理器读取存储器中的信息,结合其硬件完成上述方法的步骤。It should be noted that the processor in the embodiment of the present application may be an integrated circuit chip and has a signal processing capability. In the implementation process, each step of the foregoing method embodiment may be completed by using an integrated logic circuit of hardware in a processor or an instruction in a form of software. The above processors may be general purpose processors, digital signal processors (DSPs), application specific integrated circuits (ASICs), field programmable gate arrays (FPGAs) or other programmable logic devices, discrete gate or transistor logic devices, and discrete hardware components . Various methods, steps, and logical block diagrams disclosed in the embodiments of the present application can be implemented or executed. A general-purpose processor may be a microprocessor or the processor may be any conventional processor or the like. The steps of the method disclosed in combination with the embodiments of the present application may be directly implemented by a hardware decoding processor, or may be performed by using a combination of hardware and software modules in the decoding processor. The software module may be located in a mature storage medium such as a random access memory, a flash memory, a read-only memory, a programmable read-only memory, or an electrically erasable programmable memory, a register, and the like. The storage medium is located in a memory, and the processor reads the information in the memory and completes the steps of the foregoing method in combination with its hardware.
可以理解,本申请实施例中的存储器可以是易失性存储器或非易失性存储器,或可包括易失性和非易失性存储器两者。其中,非易失性存储器可以是只读存储器(read-only memory,ROM)、可编程只读存储器(programmable ROM,PROM)、可擦除可编程只读存储器(erasable PROM,EPROM)、电可擦除可编程只读存储器(electrically EPROM,EEPROM)或闪存。易失性存储器可以是随机存取存储器(random access memory,RAM),其用作外部高速缓存。通过示例性但不是限制性说明,许多形式的RAM可用,例如静态随机存取存储器(static RAM,SRAM)、动态随机存取存储器(dynamic RAM,DRAM)、同步动态随机存取存储器(synchronous DRAM,SDRAM)、双倍数据速率同步动态随机存取存储器(double data rate SDRAM,DDR SDRAM)、增强型同步动态随机存取存储器(enhanced SDRAM,ESDRAM)、同步连接动态随机存取存储器(synchlink DRAM,SLDRAM)和直接内存总线随机存取存储器(direct rambus RAM,DR RAM)。应注意,本文描述的系统和方法的存储器旨在包括但不限于这些和任意其它适合类型的存储器。It can be understood that the memory in the embodiment of the present application may be a volatile memory or a non-volatile memory, or may include both volatile and non-volatile memory. Among them, the non-volatile memory may be read-only memory (ROM), programmable read-only memory (PROM), erasable programmable read-only memory (erasable PROM, EPROM), electrical memory Erase programmable read-only memory (EPROM, EEPROM) or flash memory. The volatile memory may be a random access memory (RAM), which is used as an external cache. By way of example, but not limitation, many forms of RAM are available, such as static random access memory (SRAM), dynamic random access memory (DRAM), synchronous dynamic random access memory (synchronous DRAM, SDRAM), double data rate synchronous dynamic random access memory (double SDRAM, DDR SDRAM), enhanced synchronous dynamic random access memory (enhanced SDRAM, ESDRAM), synchronous connection dynamic random access memory (synchlink DRAM, SLDRAM ) And direct memory bus random access memory (direct RAMbus RAM, DR RAM). It should be noted that the memory of the systems and methods described herein is intended to include, but is not limited to, these and any other suitable types of memory.
根据本申请实施例提供的方法,本申请还提供一种计算机程序产品,该计算机程序产品包括:计算机程序代码,当该计算机程序代码在计算机上运行时,使得该计算机执行图2和图15所示实施例中任意一个实施例的方法。According to the method provided by the embodiment of the present application, the present application also provides a computer program product, the computer program product includes: computer program code, when the computer program code is run on a computer, the computer causes the computer to execute the operations shown in FIG. 2 and FIG. 15 The method of any one of the embodiments is shown.
根据本申请实施例提供的方法,本申请还提供一种计算机可读介质,该计算机可读介质存储有程序代码,当该程序代码在计算机上运行时,使得该计算机执行图2和图15所示实施例中任意一个实施例的方法。According to the method provided in the embodiment of the present application, the present application further provides a computer-readable medium, where the computer-readable medium stores program code, and when the program code runs on the computer, the computer executes the operations shown in FIG. 2 and FIG. 15. The method of any one of the embodiments is shown.
根据本申请实施例提供的方法,本申请还提供一种系统,其包括前述的一个或多个终端设备以及一个或多个网络设备。According to the method provided in the embodiment of the present application, the present application further provides a system, which includes the foregoing one or more terminal devices and one or more network devices.
在上述实施例中,可以全部或部分地通过软件、硬件、固件或者其任意组合来实现。当使用软件实现时,可以全部或部分地以计算机程序产品的形式实现。所述计算机程序产品包括一个或多个计算机指令。在计算机上加载和执行所述计算机指令时,全部或部分地产生按照本申请实施例所述的流程或功能。所述计算机可以是通用计算机、专用计算机、计算机网络、或者其他可编程装置。所述计算机指令可以存储在计算机可读存储介质中,或者从一个计算机可读存储介质向另一个计算机可读存储介质传输,例如,所述计算机指 令可以从一个网站站点、计算机、服务器或数据中心通过有线(例如同轴电缆、光纤、数字用户线(digital subscriber line,DSL))或无线(例如红外、无线、微波等)方式向另一个网站站点、计算机、服务器或数据中心进行传输。所述计算机可读存储介质可以是计算机能够存取的任何可用介质或者是包含一个或多个可用介质集成的服务器、数据中心等数据存储设备。所述可用介质可以是磁性介质(例如,软盘、硬盘、磁带)、光介质(例如,高密度数字视频光盘(digital video disc,DVD))、或者半导体介质(例如,固态硬盘(solid state disc,SSD))等。In the above embodiments, it may be implemented in whole or in part by software, hardware, firmware, or any combination thereof. When implemented in software, it may be implemented in whole or in part in the form of a computer program product. The computer program product includes one or more computer instructions. When the computer instructions are loaded and executed on a computer, the processes or functions according to the embodiments of the present application are generated in whole or in part. The computer may be a general-purpose computer, a special-purpose computer, a computer network, or other programmable devices. The computer instructions may be stored in a computer-readable storage medium or transmitted from one computer-readable storage medium to another computer-readable storage medium, for example, the computer instructions may be from a website site, computer, server, or data center Transmission by wire (such as coaxial cable, optical fiber, digital subscriber line (DSL)) or wireless (such as infrared, wireless, microwave, etc.) to another website site, computer, server, or data center. The computer-readable storage medium may be any available medium that can be accessed by a computer or a data storage device such as a server, a data center, and the like that includes one or more available medium integration. The usable medium may be a magnetic medium (for example, a floppy disk, a hard disk, a magnetic tape), an optical medium (for example, a high-density digital video disc (DVD)), or a semiconductor medium (for example, a solid state disk (solid state disk) SSD)) and so on.
上述各个装置实施例中网络设备与终端设备和方法实施例中的网络设备或终端设备完全对应,由相应的模块或单元执行相应的步骤,例如通信单元(收发器)执行方法实施例中接收或发送的步骤,除发送、接收外的其它步骤可以由处理单元(处理器)执行。具体单元的功能可以参考相应的方法实施例。其中,处理器可以为一个或多个。The network device in each of the foregoing device embodiments corresponds exactly to the network device or terminal device in the terminal device and method embodiments, and the corresponding module or unit performs the corresponding steps, for example, the communication unit (transceiver) performs the receiving or The step of sending, other than sending and receiving, may be performed by a processing unit (processor). For the function of the specific unit, refer to the corresponding method embodiment. Among them, there may be one or more processors.
在本说明书中使用的术语“部件”、“模块”、“系统”等用于表示计算机相关的实体、硬件、固件、硬件和软件的组合、软件、或执行中的软件。例如,部件可以是但不限于,在处理器上运行的进程、处理器、对象、可执行文件、执行线程、程序和/或计算机。通过图示,在计算设备上运行的应用和计算设备都可以是部件。一个或多个部件可驻留在进程和/或执行线程中,部件可位于一个计算机上和/或分布在两个或更多个计算机之间。此外,这些部件可从在上面存储有各种数据结构的各种计算机可读介质执行。部件可例如根据具有一个或多个数据分组(例如来自与本地系统、分布式系统和/或网络间的另一部件交互的二个部件的数据,例如通过信号与其它系统交互的互联网)的信号通过本地和/或远程进程来通信。The terms “component”, “module”, “system” and the like used in this specification are used to indicate computer-related entities, hardware, firmware, a combination of hardware and software, software, or software in execution. For example, a component may be, but is not limited to, a process running on a processor, a processor, an object, an executable, a thread of execution, a program, and / or a computer. By way of illustration, both an application running on a computing device and a computing device can be components. One or more components can reside within a process and / or thread of execution and a component may be localized on one computer and / or distributed between two or more computers. In addition, these components can execute from various computer readable media having various data structures stored thereon. A component may, for example, be based on a signal having one or more data packets (e.g., data from two components that interact with another component between a local system, a distributed system, and / or a network, such as the Internet that interacts with other systems through signals) Communicate via local and / or remote processes.
本领域普通技术人员可以意识到,结合本文中所公开的实施例描述的各种说明性逻辑块(illustrative logical block)和步骤(step),能够以电子硬件、或者计算机软件和电子硬件的结合来实现。这些功能究竟以硬件还是软件方式来执行,取决于技术方案的特定应用和设计约束条件。专业技术人员可以对每个特定的应用来使用不同方法来实现所描述的功能,但是这种实现不应认为超出本申请的范围。Those of ordinary skill in the art may realize that various illustrative logical blocks and steps described in connection with the embodiments disclosed herein can be implemented by electronic hardware, or a combination of computer software and electronic hardware. achieve. Whether these functions are performed in hardware or software depends on the specific application and design constraints of the technical solution. Professional technicians can use different methods to implement the described functions for each specific application, but such implementation should not be considered to be beyond the scope of this application.
所属领域的技术人员可以清楚地了解到,为描述的方便和简洁,上述描述的系统、装置和单元的具体工作过程,可以参考前述方法实施例中的对应过程,在此不再赘述。Those skilled in the art can clearly understand that, for the convenience and brevity of description, the specific working processes of the systems, devices, and units described above can refer to the corresponding processes in the foregoing method embodiments, and are not repeated here.
在本申请所提供的几个实施例中,应该理解到,所揭露的系统、装置和方法,可以通过其它的方式实现。例如,以上所描述的装置实施例仅仅是示意性的,例如,所述单元的划分,仅仅为一种逻辑功能划分,实际实现时可以有另外的划分方式,例如多个单元或组件可以结合或者可以集成到另一个系统,或一些特征可以忽略,或不执行。另一点,所显示或讨论的相互之间的耦合或直接耦合或通信连接可以是通过一些接口,装置或单元的间接耦合或通信连接,可以是电性,机械或其它的形式。In the several embodiments provided in this application, it should be understood that the disclosed systems, devices, and methods may be implemented in other ways. For example, the device embodiments described above are only schematic. For example, the division of the unit is only a logical function division. In actual implementation, there may be another division manner. For example, multiple units or components may be combined or Can be integrated into another system, or some features can be ignored or not implemented. In addition, the displayed or discussed mutual coupling or direct coupling or communication connection may be indirect coupling or communication connection through some interfaces, devices or units, which may be electrical, mechanical or other forms.
所述作为分离部件说明的单元可以是或者也可以不是物理上分开的,作为单元显示的部件可以是或者也可以不是物理单元,即可以位于一个地方,或者也可以分布到多个网络单元上。可以根据实际的需要选择其中的部分或者全部单元来实现本实施例方案的目的。The units described as separate components may or may not be physically separated, and the components displayed as units may or may not be physical units, may be located in one place, or may be distributed on multiple network units. Some or all of the units may be selected according to actual needs to achieve the objective of the solution of this embodiment.
另外,在本申请各个实施例中的各功能单元可以集成在一个处理单元中,也可以是各个单元单独物理存在,也可以两个或两个以上单元集成在一个单元中。In addition, each functional unit in each embodiment of the present application may be integrated into one processing unit, or each of the units may exist separately physically, or two or more units may be integrated into one unit.
在上述实施例中,各功能单元的功能可以全部或部分地通过软件、硬件、固件或者其 任意组合来实现。当使用软件实现时,可以全部或部分地以计算机程序产品的形式实现。所述计算机程序产品包括一个或多个计算机指令(程序)。在计算机上加载和执行所述计算机程序指令(程序)时,全部或部分地产生按照本申请实施例所述的流程或功能。所述计算机可以是通用计算机、专用计算机、计算机网络、或者其他可编程装置。所述计算机指令可以存储在计算机可读存储介质中,或者从一个计算机可读存储介质向另一个计算机可读存储介质传输,例如,所述计算机指令可以从一个网站站点、计算机、服务器或数据中心通过有线(例如同轴电缆、光纤、数字用户线(DSL))或无线(例如红外、无线、微波等)方式向另一个网站站点、计算机、服务器或数据中心进行传输。所述计算机可读存储介质可以是计算机能够存取的任何可用介质或者是包含一个或多个可用介质集成的服务器、数据中心等数据存储设备。所述可用介质可以是磁性介质,(例如,软盘、硬盘、磁带)、光介质(例如,DVD)、或者半导体介质(例如固态硬盘(solid state disk,SSD))等。In the above embodiments, the functions of each functional unit may be implemented in whole or in part by software, hardware, firmware, or any combination thereof. When implemented in software, it may be implemented in whole or in part in the form of a computer program product. The computer program product includes one or more computer instructions (programs). When the computer program instructions (programs) are loaded and executed on a computer, the processes or functions according to the embodiments of the present application are wholly or partially generated. The computer may be a general-purpose computer, a special-purpose computer, a computer network, or other programmable devices. The computer instructions may be stored in a computer-readable storage medium or transmitted from one computer-readable storage medium to another computer-readable storage medium, for example, the computer instructions may be from a website site, computer, server, or data center Transmission by wire (for example, coaxial cable, optical fiber, digital subscriber line (DSL)) or wireless (for example, infrared, wireless, microwave, etc.) to another website site, computer, server, or data center. The computer-readable storage medium may be any available medium that can be accessed by a computer or a data storage device such as a server, a data center, and the like that includes one or more available medium integration. The usable medium may be a magnetic medium (for example, a floppy disk, a hard disk, a magnetic tape), an optical medium (for example, a DVD), or a semiconductor medium (for example, a solid state disk (SSD)).
所述功能如果以软件功能单元的形式实现并作为独立的产品销售或使用时,可以存储在一个计算机可读取存储介质中。基于这样的理解,本申请的技术方案本质上或者说对现有技术做出贡献的部分或者该技术方案的部分可以以软件产品的形式体现出来,该计算机软件产品存储在一个存储介质中,包括若干指令用以使得一台计算机设备(可以是个人计算机,服务器,或者网络设备等)执行本申请各个实施例所述方法的全部或部分步骤。而前述的存储介质包括:U盘、移动硬盘、只读存储器(read-only memory,ROM)、随机存取存储器(random access memory,RAM)、磁碟或者光盘等各种可以存储程序代码的介质。If the functions are implemented in the form of software functional units and sold or used as independent products, they can be stored in a computer-readable storage medium. Based on this understanding, the technical solution of this application is essentially a part that contributes to the existing technology or a part of the technical solution can be embodied in the form of a software product. The computer software product is stored in a storage medium, including Several instructions are used to cause a computer device (which may be a personal computer, a server, or a network device, etc.) to perform all or part of the steps of the method described in the embodiments of the present application. The aforementioned storage media include: U disks, mobile hard disks, read-only memories (ROMs), random access memories (RAMs), magnetic disks or compact discs and other media that can store program codes .
以上所述,仅为本申请的具体实施方式,但本申请的保护范围并不局限于此,任何熟悉本技术领域的技术人员在本申请揭露的技术范围内,可轻易想到变化或替换,都应涵盖在本申请的保护范围之内。因此,本申请的保护范围应以所述权利要求的保护范围为准。The above is only a specific implementation of this application, but the scope of protection of this application is not limited to this. Any person skilled in the art can easily think of changes or replacements within the technical scope disclosed in this application. It should be covered by the protection scope of this application. Therefore, the protection scope of this application shall be subject to the protection scope of the claims.

Claims (64)

  1. 一种上行免动态授权传输的配置方法,其特征在于,包括:A method for configuring uplink dynamic exemption authorization transmission, which comprises:
    接收下行控制信息DCI,所述DCI用于激活或去激活预先配置的多个配置的授权配置configured grant configurations中的一个configured grant configuration,所述DCI包括第一指示域和至少一个第一类域,所述第一类域的比特数由激活或去激活的configured grant configuration确定,所述第一指示域指示一个configured grant configuration的索引,所述第一指示域位于所述至少一个第一类域之前;Receiving downlink control information DCI, the DCI being used to activate or deactivate a pre-configured authorization configuration of one of the configured grant grant configurations, the DCI includes a first indication domain and at least one first class domain, The number of bits of the first-type domain is determined by an activated or deactivated configured grant configuration. The first indication field indicates an index of a configured grant configuration, and the first indication field is located before the at least one first-class field. ;
    激活或去激活所述索引所对应的configured grant configuration。Activate or deactivate the configured grant configuration corresponding to the index.
  2. 如权利要求1所述的方法,其特征在于,所述DCI还包括新数据指示NDI域,所述NDI域用于确定所述DCI用于激活或去激活configured grant configuration,且所述NDI域位于所述至少一个第一类域之前。The method according to claim 1, wherein the DCI further includes new data indicating an NDI domain, the NDI domain is used to determine whether the DCI is used to activate or deactivate a configured grant configuration, and the NDI domain is located at Before the at least one first-type domain.
  3. 如权利要求1或2所述的方法,其特征在于,所述第一指示域为混合自动重传请求进程号HPN域。The method according to claim 1 or 2, wherein the first indication field is a hybrid automatic repeat request process number (HPN) field.
  4. 如权利要求1至3中任一项所述的方法,其特征在于,所述DCI由配置调度CS-无线网络临时标识RNTI加扰。The method according to any one of claims 1 to 3, wherein the DCI is scrambled by a configuration scheduling CS-wireless network temporary identifier RNTI.
  5. 如权利要求1至4中任一项所述的方法,其特征在于,所述第一类域包括频域资源指配域和跳频标识域。The method according to any one of claims 1 to 4, wherein the first type of domain comprises a frequency domain resource assignment domain and a frequency hopping identification domain.
  6. 一种上行免动态授权传输的配置方法,其特征在于,包括:A method for configuring uplink dynamic exemption authorization transmission, which comprises:
    生成下行控制信息DCI,所述DCI用于激活或去激活预先配置的多个配置的授权配置configured grant configurations中的一个configured grant configuration,所述DCI包括第一指示域和至少一个第一类域,所述第一类域的比特数由激活或去激活的configured grant configuration确定,所述第一指示域指示一个configured grant configuration的索引,所述第一指示域位于所述至少一个第一类域之前;Generating downlink control information DCI, the DCI being used to activate or deactivate a pre-configured authorization configuration of a plurality of pre-configured authorized configurations configured, the DCI includes a first indication domain and at least one first-type domain, The number of bits of the first-type domain is determined by an activated or deactivated configured grant configuration. The first indication field indicates an index of a configured grant configuration, and the first indication field is located before the at least one first-class field. ;
    发送所述DCI。Sending the DCI.
  7. 如权利要求6所述的方法,其特征在于,所述DCI还包括新数据指示NDI域,所述NDI域用于确定所述DCI用于激活或去激活configured grant configuration,且所述NDI域位于所述至少一个第一类域之前。The method according to claim 6, wherein the DCI further includes new data indicating an NDI domain, the NDI domain is used to determine whether the DCI is used to activate or deactivate a configured grant configuration, and the NDI domain is located at Before the at least one first-type domain.
  8. 如权利要求6或7所述的方法,其特征在于,所述第一指示域为混合自动重传请求进程号HPN域。The method according to claim 6 or 7, wherein the first indication field is a hybrid automatic repeat request process number (HPN) field.
  9. 如权利要求6至8中任一项所述的方法,其特征在于,所述DCI由配置调度CS-无线网络临时标识RNTI加扰。The method according to any one of claims 6 to 8, wherein the DCI is scrambled by a configuration scheduling CS-wireless network temporary identifier RNTI.
  10. 如权利要求6至9中任一项所述的方法,其特征在于,所述第一类域包括频域资源指配域和跳频标识域。The method according to any one of claims 6 to 9, wherein the first type of domain comprises a frequency domain resource assignment domain and a frequency hopping identification domain.
  11. 一种上行免动态授权传输的配置方法,其特征在于,包括:A method for configuring uplink dynamic exemption authorization transmission, which comprises:
    接收下行控制信息DCI,所述DCI用于激活或去激活预先配置的多个配置的授权配置configured grant configurations中的一个configured grant configuration,所述DCI包括第一指示域和至少一个第一类域,所述第一类域的比特数由激活或去激活的configured grant  configuration确定,所述第一指示域指示一个configured grant configuration的索引,所述第一指示域位于所述DCI的最后位置;Receiving downlink control information DCI, the DCI being used to activate or deactivate a pre-configured authorization configuration of one of the configured grant grant configurations, the DCI includes a first indication domain and at least one first class domain, The number of bits of the first type of domain is determined by activated or deactivated configured grant configuration, the first indication field indicates an index of a configured grant configuration, and the first indication field is located at a last position of the DCI;
    激活或去激活所述索引所对应的configured grant configuration。Activate or deactivate the configured grant configuration corresponding to the index.
  12. 如权利要求11所述的方法,其特征在于,所述DCI还包括新数据指示NDI域,所述NDI域用于确定所述DCI用于激活或去激活configured grant configuration,且所述NDI域与所述第一指示域均位于所述DCI的最后位置。The method according to claim 11, wherein the DCI further includes new data indicating an NDI domain, the NDI domain is used to determine whether the DCI is used to activate or deactivate a configured grant configuration, and the NDI domain is related to The first indication fields are all located at the last position of the DCI.
  13. 如权利要求11或12所述的方法,其特征在于,所述第一指示域为混合自动重传请求进程号HPN域。The method according to claim 11 or 12, wherein the first indication field is a hybrid automatic repeat request process number (HPN) field.
  14. 如权利要求11至13中任一项所述的方法,其特征在于,所述DCI由配置调度CS-无线网络临时标识RNTI加扰。The method according to any one of claims 11 to 13, wherein the DCI is scrambled by a configuration scheduling CS-wireless network temporary identifier RNTI.
  15. 如权利要求11至14中任一项所述的方法,其特征在于,所述第一类域包括频域资源指配域和跳频标识域。The method according to any one of claims 11 to 14, wherein the first type of domain comprises a frequency domain resource assignment domain and a frequency hopping identification domain.
  16. 一种上行免动态授权传输的配置方法,其特征在于,包括:A method for configuring uplink dynamic exemption authorization transmission, which comprises:
    生成下行控制信息DCI,所述DCI用于激活或去激活预先配置的多个配置的授权配置configured grant configurations中的一个configured grant configuration,所述DCI包括第一指示域和至少一个第一类域,所述第一类域的比特数由激活或去激活的configured grant configuration确定,所述第一指示域指示一个configured grant configuration的索引,所述第一指示域位于所述DCI的最后位置;Generating downlink control information DCI, the DCI being used to activate or deactivate a pre-configured authorization configuration of a plurality of pre-configured authorized configurations configured, the DCI includes a first indication domain and at least one first-type domain, The number of bits of the first type of domain is determined by the activated or deactivated configured grant configuration, the first indication field indicates an index of the configured grant configuration, and the first indication field is located at the last position of the DCI;
    发送所述DCI。Sending the DCI.
  17. 如权利要求16所述的方法,其特征在于,所述DCI还包括新数据指示NDI域,所述NDI域用于确定所述DCI用于激活或去激活configured grant configuration,且所述NDI域与所述第一指示域均位于所述DCI的最后位置。The method according to claim 16, wherein the DCI further comprises a new data indicating an NDI domain, the NDI domain is used to determine whether the DCI is used to activate or deactivate a configured grant configuration, and the NDI domain is related to The first indication fields are all located at the last position of the DCI.
  18. 如权利要求16或17所述的方法,其特征在于,所述第一指示域为混合自动重传请求进程号HPN域。The method according to claim 16 or 17, wherein the first indication field is a hybrid automatic repeat request process number (HPN) field.
  19. 如权利要求16至18中任一项所述的方法,其特征在于,所述DCI由配置调度CS-无线网络临时标识RNTI加扰。The method according to any one of claims 16 to 18, wherein the DCI is scrambled by a configuration scheduling CS-wireless network temporary identifier RNTI.
  20. 如权利要求16至19中任一项所述的方法,其特征在于,所述第一类域包括频域资源指配域和跳频标识域。The method according to any one of claims 16 to 19, wherein the first type of domain comprises a frequency domain resource assignment domain and a frequency hopping identification domain.
  21. 一种通信装置,其特征在于,包括:A communication device, comprising:
    通信单元,用于接收下行控制信息DCI,所述DCI用于激活或去激活预先配置的多个配置的授权配置configured grant configurations中的一个configured grant configuration,所述DCI包括第一指示域和至少一个第一类域,所述第一类域的比特数由激活或去激活的configured grant configuration确定,所述第一指示域指示一个configured grant configuration的索引,所述第一指示域位于所述至少一个第一类域之前;A communication unit, configured to receive downlink control information DCI, the DCI being used to activate or deactivate one of a plurality of pre-configured authorized configuration configured grant grant configurations, the DCI including a first indication domain and at least one The first type of domain, the number of bits of the first type of domain is determined by the activated or deactivated configured grant configuration, the first indication field indicates an index of the configured grant configuration, and the first indication field is located in the at least one Before the first domain
    处理单元,用于激活或去激活所述索引所对应的configured grant configuration。A processing unit, configured to activate or deactivate the configured grant configuration corresponding to the index.
  22. 如权利要求21所述的装置,其特征在于,所述DCI还包括新数据指示NDI域,所述NDI域用于确定所述DCI用于激活或去激活configured grant configuration,且所述NDI域位于所述至少一个第一类域之前。The apparatus according to claim 21, wherein the DCI further comprises a new data indicating an NDI domain, the NDI domain is used to determine whether the DCI is used to activate or deactivate a configured grant configuration, and the NDI domain is located at Before the at least one first-type domain.
  23. 如权利要求21或22所述的装置,其特征在于,所述第一指示域为混合自动重传 请求进程号HPN域。The apparatus according to claim 21 or 22, wherein the first indication field is a hybrid automatic repeat request process number (HPN) field.
  24. 如权利要求21至23中任一项所述的装置,其特征在于,所述DCI由配置调度CS-无线网络临时标识RNTI加扰。The apparatus according to any one of claims 21 to 23, wherein the DCI is scrambled by a configuration scheduling CS-wireless network temporary identifier RNTI.
  25. 如权利要求21至24中任一项所述的通信装置,其特征在于,所述第一类域包括频域资源指配域和跳频标识域。The communication device according to any one of claims 21 to 24, wherein the first type of domain comprises a frequency domain resource assignment domain and a frequency hopping identification domain.
  26. 一种通信装置,其特征在于,包括:A communication device, comprising:
    处理单元,用于生成下行控制信息DCI,所述DCI用于激活或去激活预先配置的多个配置的授权配置configured grant configurations中的一个configured grant configuration,所述DCI包括第一指示域和至少一个第一类域,所述第一类域的比特数由激活或去激活的configured grant configuration确定,所述第一指示域指示一个configured grant configuration的索引,所述第一指示域位于所述至少一个第一类域之前;A processing unit, configured to generate downlink control information DCI, the DCI being used to activate or deactivate one of a plurality of pre-configured authorized configuration configured grant grant configurations, the DCI including a first indication domain and at least one The first type of domain, the number of bits of the first type of domain is determined by the activated or deactivated configured grant configuration, the first indication field indicates an index of the configured grant configuration, and the first indication field is located in the at least one Before the first domain
    通信单元,用于发送所述DCI。A communication unit, configured to send the DCI.
  27. 如权利要求26所述的通信装置,其特征在于,所述DCI还包括新数据指示NDI域,所述NDI域用于确定所述DCI用于激活或去激活configured grant configuration,且所述NDI域位于所述至少一个第一类域之前。The communication device according to claim 26, wherein the DCI further comprises a new data indicating an NDI domain, the NDI domain is used to determine whether the DCI is used to activate or deactivate a configured grant grant configuration, and the NDI domain Located before the at least one first-type domain.
  28. 如权利要求26或27所述的装置,其特征在于,所述第一指示域为混合自动重传请求进程号HPN域。The apparatus according to claim 26 or 27, wherein the first indication field is a hybrid automatic repeat request process number (HPN) field.
  29. 如权利要求26至28中任一项所述的装置,其特征在于,所述DCI由配置调度CS-无线网络临时标识RNTI加扰。The apparatus according to any one of claims 26 to 28, wherein the DCI is scrambled by a configuration scheduling CS-wireless network temporary identifier RNTI.
  30. 如权利要求26至29中任一项所述的通信装置,其特征在于,所述第一类域包括频域资源指配域和跳频标识域。The communication device according to any one of claims 26 to 29, wherein the first type of domain comprises a frequency domain resource assignment domain and a frequency hopping identification domain.
  31. 一种通信装置,其特征在于,包括:A communication device, comprising:
    通信单元,用于接收下行控制信息DCI,所述DCI用于激活或去激活预先配置的多个配置的授权配置configured grant configurations中的一个configured grant configuration,所述DCI包括第一指示域和至少一个第一类域,所述第一类域的比特数由激活或去激活的configured grant configuration确定,所述第一指示域指示一个configured grant configuration的索引,所述第一指示域位于所述DCI的最后位置;A communication unit, configured to receive downlink control information DCI, the DCI being used to activate or deactivate one of a plurality of pre-configured authorized configuration configured grant grant configurations, the DCI including a first indication domain and at least one The first type of domain, the number of bits of the first type of domain is determined by the activated or deactivated configured grant configuration, the first indication field indicates an index of a configured grant configuration, and the first indication field is located in the DCI Last position
    处理单元,用于激活或去激活所述索引所对应的configured grant configuration。A processing unit, configured to activate or deactivate the configured grant configuration corresponding to the index.
  32. 如权利要求31所述的装置,其特征在于,所述DCI还包括新数据指示NDI域,所述NDI域用于确定所述DCI用于激活或去激活configured grant configuration,且所述NDI域与所述第一指示域均位于所述DCI的最后位置。The apparatus according to claim 31, wherein the DCI further comprises a new data indicating an NDI domain, the NDI domain is used to determine whether the DCI is used to activate or deactivate a configured grant configuration, and the NDI domain is related to The first indication fields are all located at the last position of the DCI.
  33. 如权利要求31或32所述的装置,其特征在于,所述第一指示域为混合自动重传请求进程号HPN域。The apparatus according to claim 31 or 32, wherein the first indication field is a hybrid automatic repeat request process number (HPN) field.
  34. 如权利要求31至33中任一项所述的通信装置,其特征在于,所述DCI由配置调度CS-无线网络临时标识RNTI加扰。The communication device according to any one of claims 31 to 33, wherein the DCI is scrambled by a configuration scheduling CS-wireless network temporary identifier RNTI.
  35. 如权利要求31至34中任一项所述的通信装置,其特征在于,所述第一类域包括频域资源指配域和跳频标识域。The communication device according to any one of claims 31 to 34, wherein the first type of domain comprises a frequency domain resource assignment domain and a frequency hopping identification domain.
  36. 一种通信装置,其特征在于,包括:A communication device, comprising:
    处理单元,生成下行控制信息DCI,所述DCI用于激活或去激活预先配置的多个配置 的授权配置configured grant configurations中的一个configured grant configuration,所述DCI包括第一指示域和至少一个第一类域,所述第一类域的比特数由激活或去激活的configured grant configuration确定,所述第一指示域指示一个configured grant configuration的索引,所述第一指示域位于所述DCI的最后位置;A processing unit that generates downlink control information DCI, said DCI being used to activate or deactivate a pre-configured authorization configuration of one of a plurality of configured authorized grant configurations, said DCI including a first indication domain and at least one first Class domain, the number of bits of the first category domain is determined by activated or deactivated configured grant configuration, the first indication field indicates an index of a configured grant configuration, and the first indication field is located at the last position of the DCI ;
    通信单元,用于发送所述DCI。A communication unit, configured to send the DCI.
  37. 如权利要求36所述的装置,其特征在于,所述DCI还包括新数据指示NDI域,所述NDI域用于确定所述DCI用于激活或去激活configured grant configuration,且所述NDI域与所述第一指示域均位于所述DCI的最后位置。The apparatus according to claim 36, wherein the DCI further comprises a new data indicating an NDI domain, the NDI domain is used to determine whether the DCI is used to activate or deactivate a configured grant configuration, and the NDI domain is related to The first indication fields are all located at the last position of the DCI.
  38. 如权利要求36或37所述的通信装置,其特征在于,所述第一指示域为混合自动重传请求进程号HPN域。The communication device according to claim 36 or 37, wherein the first indication field is a hybrid automatic repeat request process number (HPN) field.
  39. 如权利要求36至38中任一项所述的通信装置,其特征在于,所述DCI由配置调度CS-无线网络临时标识RNTI加扰。The communication device according to any one of claims 36 to 38, wherein the DCI is scrambled by a configuration scheduling CS-wireless network temporary identifier RNTI.
  40. 如权利要求36至39中任一项所述的通信装置,其特征在于,所述第一类域包括频域资源指配域和跳频标识域。The communication device according to any one of claims 36 to 39, wherein the first type of domain comprises a frequency domain resource assignment domain and a frequency hopping identification domain.
  41. 一种通信装置,其特征在于,包括:A communication device, comprising:
    处理器,用于执行存储器中存储的计算机程序,以使得所述装置执行如权利要求1至5中任一项所述的方法。A processor for executing a computer program stored in a memory, so that the apparatus executes the method according to any one of claims 1 to 5.
  42. 一种通信装置,其特征在于,包括:A communication device, comprising:
    处理器,用于执行存储器中存储的计算机程序,以使得所述装置执行如权利要求6至10中任一项所述的方法。A processor for executing a computer program stored in a memory, so that the apparatus executes the method according to any one of claims 6 to 10.
  43. 一种通信装置,其特征在于,包括:A communication device, comprising:
    处理器,用于执行存储器中存储的计算机程序,以使得所述装置执行如权利要求11至15中任一项所述的方法。A processor for executing a computer program stored in a memory, so that the apparatus executes the method according to any one of claims 11 to 15.
  44. 一种通信装置,其特征在于,包括:A communication device, comprising:
    处理器,用于执行存储器中存储的计算机程序,以使得所述装置执行如权利要求16至20中任一项所述的方法。A processor for executing a computer program stored in a memory, so that the apparatus executes the method according to any one of claims 16 to 20.
  45. 一种通信装置,其特征在于,所述装置用于实现如权利要求1至5中任一项所述的方法。A communication device, characterized in that the device is used to implement the method according to any one of claims 1 to 5.
  46. 一种通信装置,其特征在于,所述装置用于实现如权利要求6至10中任一项所述的方法。A communication device, characterized in that the device is used to implement the method according to any one of claims 6 to 10.
  47. 一种通信装置,其特征在于,所述装置用于实现如权利要求11至15中任一项所述的方法。A communication device, wherein the device is used to implement the method according to any one of claims 11 to 15.
  48. 一种通信装置,其特征在于,所述装置用于实现如权利要求16至20中任一项所述的方法。A communication device, wherein the device is used to implement the method according to any one of claims 16 to 20.
  49. 一种处理装置,其特征在于,包括处理器,所述处理器用于执行存储器中存储的计算机程序,以使得所述装置实现如权利要求1至5中任一项所述的方法。A processing device, comprising a processor, the processor is configured to execute a computer program stored in a memory, so that the device implements the method according to any one of claims 1 to 5.
  50. 一种处理装置,其特征在于,包括处理器,所述处理器用于执行存储器中存储的计算机程序,以使得所述装置实现如权利要求6至10中任一项所述的方法。A processing device, comprising a processor, the processor is configured to execute a computer program stored in a memory, so that the device implements the method according to any one of claims 6 to 10.
  51. 一种处理装置,其特征在于,包括处理器,所述处理器用于执行存储器中存储的 计算机程序,以使得所述装置实现如权利要求11至15中任一项所述的方法。A processing device, comprising a processor for executing a computer program stored in a memory, so that the device implements the method according to any one of claims 11 to 15.
  52. 一种处理装置,其特征在于,包括处理器,所述处理器用于执行存储器中存储的计算机程序,以使得所述装置实现如权利要求16至20中任一项所述的方法。A processing device, comprising a processor, the processor is configured to execute a computer program stored in a memory, so that the device implements the method according to any one of claims 16 to 20.
  53. 一种处理装置,其特征在于,包括:A processing device, comprising:
    存储器,用于存储计算机程序;Memory for storing computer programs;
    处理器,用于从所述存储器调用并运行所述计算机程序,以使得所述装置实现如权利要求1至5中任一项所述的方法。A processor for calling and running the computer program from the memory, so that the apparatus implements the method according to any one of claims 1 to 5.
  54. 一种处理装置,其特征在于,包括:A processing device, comprising:
    存储器,用于存储计算机程序;Memory for storing computer programs;
    处理器,用于从所述存储器调用并运行所述计算机程序,以使得所述装置实现如权利要求6至10中任一项所述的方法。A processor for calling and running the computer program from the memory, so that the apparatus implements the method according to any one of claims 6 to 10.
  55. 一种处理装置,其特征在于,包括:A processing device, comprising:
    存储器,用于存储计算机程序;Memory for storing computer programs;
    处理器,用于从所述存储器调用并运行所述计算机程序,以使得所述装置实现如权利要求11至15中任一项所述的方法。A processor for calling and running the computer program from the memory, so that the apparatus implements the method according to any one of claims 11 to 15.
  56. 一种处理装置,其特征在于,包括:A processing device, comprising:
    存储器,用于存储计算机程序;Memory for storing computer programs;
    处理器,用于从所述存储器调用并运行所述计算机程序,以使得所述装置实现如权利要求16至20中任一项所述的方法。A processor for calling and running the computer program from the memory, so that the apparatus implements the method according to any one of claims 16 to 20.
  57. 一种计算机可读介质,其特征在于,包括计算机程序,当所述计算机程序在计算机上运行时,使得所述计算机执行如权利要求1至5中任一项所述的方法。A computer-readable medium, comprising a computer program, which causes the computer to execute the method according to any one of claims 1 to 5 when the computer program is run on a computer.
  58. 一种计算机可读介质,其特征在于,包括计算机程序,当所述计算机程序在计算机上运行时,使得所述计算机执行如权利要求6至10中任一项所述的方法。A computer-readable medium, comprising a computer program, which causes the computer to execute the method according to any one of claims 6 to 10 when the computer program is run on a computer.
  59. 一种计算机可读介质,其特征在于,包括计算机程序,当所述计算机程序在计算机上运行时,使得所述计算机执行如权利要求11至15中任一项所述的方法。A computer-readable medium, comprising a computer program, which causes the computer to execute the method according to any one of claims 11 to 15 when the computer program is run on a computer.
  60. 一种计算机可读介质,其特征在于,包括计算机程序,当所述计算机程序在计算机上运行时,使得所述计算机执行如权利要求16至20中任一项所述的方法。A computer-readable medium, comprising a computer program, which causes the computer to execute the method according to any one of claims 16 to 20 when the computer program is run on a computer.
  61. 一种计算机程序产品,所述计算机程序产品包括计算机程序,当所述计算机程序在计算机上运行时,使得计算机执行如权利要求1至5中任一项所述的方法。A computer program product comprising a computer program, which when executed on a computer, causes the computer to perform the method according to any one of claims 1 to 5.
  62. 一种计算机程序产品,所述计算机程序产品包括计算机程序,当所述计算机程序在计算机上运行时,使得计算机执行如权利要求6至10中任一项所述的方法。A computer program product, the computer program product comprising a computer program that, when the computer program runs on a computer, causes the computer to perform the method according to any one of claims 6 to 10.
  63. 一种计算机程序产品,所述计算机程序产品包括计算机程序,当所述计算机程序在计算机上运行时,使得计算机执行如权利要求11至15中任一项所述的方法。A computer program product comprising a computer program that, when run on a computer, causes the computer to perform the method according to any one of claims 11 to 15.
  64. 一种计算机程序产品,所述计算机程序产品包括计算机程序,当所述计算机程序在计算机上运行时,使得计算机执行如权利要求16至20中任一项所述的方法。A computer program product comprising a computer program that, when run on a computer, causes the computer to perform the method according to any one of claims 16 to 20.
PCT/CN2019/108206 2018-09-28 2019-09-26 Configuration method for uplink dynamic grant-free transmission, and communication device WO2020063767A1 (en)

Applications Claiming Priority (2)

Application Number Priority Date Filing Date Title
CN201811140993.7A CN110971355B (en) 2018-09-28 2018-09-28 Configuration method of uplink dynamic-authorization-free transmission and communication device
CN201811140993.7 2018-09-28

Publications (1)

Publication Number Publication Date
WO2020063767A1 true WO2020063767A1 (en) 2020-04-02

Family

ID=69953329

Family Applications (1)

Application Number Title Priority Date Filing Date
PCT/CN2019/108206 WO2020063767A1 (en) 2018-09-28 2019-09-26 Configuration method for uplink dynamic grant-free transmission, and communication device

Country Status (2)

Country Link
CN (1) CN110971355B (en)
WO (1) WO2020063767A1 (en)

Cited By (1)

* Cited by examiner, † Cited by third party
Publication number Priority date Publication date Assignee Title
CN113852577A (en) * 2020-06-28 2021-12-28 华为技术有限公司 Wireless communication method and communication device

Families Citing this family (4)

* Cited by examiner, † Cited by third party
Publication number Priority date Publication date Assignee Title
CN113965999A (en) * 2020-07-21 2022-01-21 维沃移动通信有限公司 PDCCH (physical Downlink control channel) checking method, sending method, terminal and network side equipment
EP4266615A4 (en) * 2021-01-12 2024-03-20 Huawei Tech Co Ltd Method and apparatus for receiving data, and method and apparatus for sending data
CN116827480A (en) * 2022-01-13 2023-09-29 上海推络通信科技合伙企业(有限合伙) Method and apparatus in a node for wireless communication
WO2024092451A1 (en) * 2022-10-31 2024-05-10 北京小米移动软件有限公司 Method and apparatus for transmitting instruction information and readable storage medium

Citations (2)

* Cited by examiner, † Cited by third party
Publication number Priority date Publication date Assignee Title
WO2011038672A1 (en) * 2009-09-29 2011-04-07 大唐移动通信设备有限公司 Method and device for scheduling terminal to feed back channel information
CN106714320A (en) * 2015-11-16 2017-05-24 电信科学技术研究院 Method and device for transmitting downlink control information (DCI)

Family Cites Families (5)

* Cited by examiner, † Cited by third party
Publication number Priority date Publication date Assignee Title
CN105848165B (en) * 2015-01-14 2022-01-18 中兴通讯股份有限公司 Method, system, base station and user equipment for using unauthorized resources
US9794921B2 (en) * 2015-07-14 2017-10-17 Motorola Mobility Llc Method and apparatus for reducing latency of LTE uplink transmissions
CN106658742B (en) * 2015-11-03 2020-07-03 中兴通讯股份有限公司 Method, device and system for scheduling and transmitting data
EP3206321B1 (en) * 2016-02-15 2020-07-08 Panasonic Intellectual Property Corporation of America Improved uplink harq operation for prose-enabled ues participating in sidelink discovery operation
US10278167B2 (en) * 2016-08-12 2019-04-30 Qualcomm Incorporated Downlink control channel structure for low latency applications

Patent Citations (2)

* Cited by examiner, † Cited by third party
Publication number Priority date Publication date Assignee Title
WO2011038672A1 (en) * 2009-09-29 2011-04-07 大唐移动通信设备有限公司 Method and device for scheduling terminal to feed back channel information
CN106714320A (en) * 2015-11-16 2017-05-24 电信科学技术研究院 Method and device for transmitting downlink control information (DCI)

Non-Patent Citations (1)

* Cited by examiner, † Cited by third party
Title
NTT: "Maintenance for DL/UL data scheduling and HARQ procedure", 3GPP TSG RAN WG1 MEETING #94, 24 August 2018 (2018-08-24), XP051518779 *

Cited By (1)

* Cited by examiner, † Cited by third party
Publication number Priority date Publication date Assignee Title
CN113852577A (en) * 2020-06-28 2021-12-28 华为技术有限公司 Wireless communication method and communication device

Also Published As

Publication number Publication date
CN110971355B (en) 2021-10-22
CN110971355A (en) 2020-04-07

Similar Documents

Publication Publication Date Title
US20230275701A1 (en) Method and apparatus for allocating acknowledgement resources
WO2020063767A1 (en) Configuration method for uplink dynamic grant-free transmission, and communication device
WO2020048364A1 (en) Method for transmitting and receiving hybrid automatic repeat request acknowledgment information, and communication apparatus
WO2020094107A1 (en) Method for sending data, apparatus for sending data, and terminal device
WO2019214596A1 (en) Parameter determination method, monitoring method, and communication apparatus
JP6651531B2 (en) Control information feedback for eCC on PCell
WO2020200078A1 (en) Method for transmitting uplink information and communication device
WO2020143428A1 (en) Method for transmitting uplink information, and communication device
EP3925133B1 (en) User equipment and system performing transmission and reception operations
AU2016244719B2 (en) Physical resource block allocation of physical downlink control and data channels
KR102315253B1 (en) Systems and methods for frequency-division duplex transmission time interval operation
WO2020057404A1 (en) Method for sending and receiving uplink control information, and communication apparatus
WO2020200162A1 (en) Feedback information determining method and communication apparatus
JP7299329B2 (en) Transmission method and communication device
CN111200871B (en) Method and communication device for receiving data
WO2020088551A1 (en) Method for transmitting and receiving data, and communication device
WO2018045919A1 (en) Method and apparatus for transmitting uplink control information
JP2015512571A (en) Method for half-duplex FDD operation in LTE FDD networks
WO2020024754A1 (en) Method for transmitting uplink control information, device and system
WO2020135105A1 (en) Uplink transmission method, uplink transmission apparatus and terminal device
JP2020508002A (en) Post-puncture indication for mobile broadband and low-latency communication multiplexing
WO2021032015A1 (en) Feedback information transmission method and communication apparatus
JP2021044825A (en) Method and apparatus for decoupling uplink latency using common uplink burst in tdd sub-frame structure
JP2022550556A (en) Feedback information transmission method and apparatus
CA3112419A1 (en) Communication method and apparatus, and computer storage medium

Legal Events

Date Code Title Description
121 Ep: the epo has been informed by wipo that ep was designated in this application

Ref document number: 19868004

Country of ref document: EP

Kind code of ref document: A1

NENP Non-entry into the national phase

Ref country code: DE

122 Ep: pct application non-entry in european phase

Ref document number: 19868004

Country of ref document: EP

Kind code of ref document: A1